UNITED STATES 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 

Washington, D.C. 20549

  

FORM 10-K 

  

ANNUAL REPORT Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) 

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

  

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2021    

 

000-27205

(Commission File No.) 

 

Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

North Carolina

 

56-2132396

 (State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation)

 

(IRS Employer Identification No.)

 

 

518 West C Street, Newton, North Carolina

 

28658

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(828) 464-5620

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

 

Common Stock, no par value 

(title of class)      

       

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company”, and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated Filer

Smaller reporting company

 

 

Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13 (a) ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

 

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. $113,818,773 based on the closing price of such common stock on June 30, 2021, which was $25.80 per share.

 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date. 5,663,030 shares of common stock, outstanding at February 28, 2022.

 

 

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the Annual Report of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2021 (the “Annual Report”), which will be included as Appendix A to the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 5, 2022 (the “Proxy Statement”), are incorporated by reference into Part II and filed as Exhibit 13 to this Form 10-K.

 

Portions of the Company’s Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, are incorporated by reference into Part III. The Proxy Statement will be filed on or before April 30, 2022.

 

This report contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of the Company. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are based on the beliefs and assumptions of management of the Company and on the information available to management at the time that these disclosures were prepared. These statements can be identified by the use of words like “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate” and “believe,” variations of these words and other similar expressions. Readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include, but are not limited to, (1) competition in the markets served by the Company’s subsidiary, Peoples Bank, (2) changes in the interest rate environment, (3) general national, regional or local economic conditions may be less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality and the possible impairment of collectibility of loans, (4) legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in accounting standards, (5) significant changes in the federal and state legal and regulatory environment and tax laws, (6) the impact of changes in monetary and fiscal policies, laws, rules and regulations and (7) other risks and factors identified in the Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

 

 
2

 

  

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

FORM 10-K CROSS REFERENCE INDEX

 

 

 

10-K Page

 

Proxy Statement

and Annual

Report Page

PART I

 

 

 

 

Item 1 Business

4 - 15

 

N/A

Item 1A Risk Factors

15 - 25

 

N/A

Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments

25

 

N/A

Item 2 Properties

26

 

N/A

Item 3 Legal Proceedings

26

 

N/A

Item 4 Mine Safety Disclosures

27

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 
PART II  

 

 
Item 5 Market for Registrant s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

27 - 29

 

N/A

Item 6 Selected Financial Data

29

 

A-3

Item 7 Management s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

30

 

A-4 - A-26

Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

30

 

A-24 - A-26

Item 8 Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

30

 

A-28 - A-69

Item 9 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

30

 

N/A

Item 9A Controls and Procedures

30 - 31

 

N/A

Item 9B Other Information

31

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 
PART III  

 

 
Item 10 Directors and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

31

 

15 and A-69

Item 11 Executive Compensation

31

 

19 - 26

Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

31

 

5 - 7

Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

32

 

6,7 and 26

Item 14 Principal Accountant Fees and Services

32

 

27

 

 

 

 

 
PART IV  

 

 
Item 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

33 - 35

 

N/A

Signatures 

36

 

N/A

 

 
3

Table of Contents

   

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

General Business

 

Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (“Bancorp” or the “Company”), was formed in 1999 to serve as the holding company for Peoples Bank (the “Bank”). Bancorp is a bank holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). Bancorp’s principal source of income is dividends declared and paid by the Bank on its capital stock, if any. Bancorp has no operations and conducts no business of its own other than owning the Bank and PEBK Capital Trust II. Accordingly, the discussion of the business which follows primarily concerns the business conducted by the Bank. Our principal executive offices are located at 518 West C Street, Newtown, North Carolina, 28658, and our telephone number is (828) 464-5620.

 

The Bank, founded in 1912, is a state-chartered commercial bank serving the citizens and business interests of the Catawba Valley and surrounding communities through 17 banking offices, located in Lincolnton, Newton, Denver, Catawba, Conover, Maiden, Claremont, Hiddenite, Hickory, Charlotte, Cornelius, Mooresville, Raleigh, and Cary, North Carolina. The Bank also operates loan production offices in Charlotte, Denver, Salisbury and Winston-Salem North Carolina. The Company’s fiscal year ends December 31. At December 31, 2021, the Company had total assets of $1.6 billion, net loans of $875.5 million, deposits of $1.4 billion, total securities of $410.2 million, and shareholders’ equity of $142.4 million.

 

The Bank operates three banking offices focused on the Latino population that were formerly operated as a division of the Bank under the name Banco de la Gente (“Banco”). These offices, which offer the same banking services as our other branches offer, now operate under the same name as our other offices; however, we continue to separately categorize mortgage loans originated from these offices. 

   

The Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, with no foreign loans and few agricultural loans. Real estate loans are predominately variable rate and fixed rate commercial property loans, which include residential development loans to commercial customers. Commercial loans are spread throughout a variety of industries with no one particular industry or group of related industries accounting for a significant portion of the commercial loan portfolio. The majority of the Bank’s deposit and loan customers are individuals and small-to medium-sized businesses located in the Bank’s market area. The Bank’s loan portfolio also includes Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN) mortgage loans generated through the Bank’s former Banco offices. Additional discussion of the Bank’s loan portfolio and sources of funds for loans can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages A-4 through A-26 of the Annual Report, which is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).

 

The operations of the Bank are significantly influenced by general economic conditions and by related monetary and fiscal policies of Bancorp and the Bank’s regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”).

 

At December 31, 2021, the Company employed 287 full-time employees and 24 part-time employees, which equated to 299 full-time equivalent employees.

 

Subsidiaries

 

The Bank is a subsidiary of the Company. At December 31, 2021, the Bank had four subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc., Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc., Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”) and PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC. Through a relationship with Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., Peoples Investment Services, Inc. provides the Bank’s customers access to investment counseling and non-deposit investment products such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, tax deferred annuities, and related brokerage services. Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. provides real estate appraisal and real estate brokerage services. CBRES serves as a “clearing-house” for appraisal services for community banks. Other banks are able to contract with CBRES to find and engage appropriate appraisal companies. As a separate legal entity, CBRES’s services and the appraisal process are conducted independent from the financing process of the Bank. PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC acquires, manages and disposes of real property, other collateral and assets obtained in the ordinary course of collecting debts previously contracted. In 2019, the Company launched PB Insurance Agency, which is part of CBRES. All of the Bank's subsidiaries are incorporated in the state of North Carolina.

 

 
4

Table of Contents

 

In June 2006, the Company formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), to facilitate the issuance of $20.6 million of trust preferred securities. PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial statements. The Company redeemed $5.0 million of outstanding trust preferred securities in 2019. The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay quarterly dividends at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points. The Company has guaranteed payment of these dividends and other payments due on the trust preferred securities.

 

Market Area and Competition

 

The Bank’s primary market consists of the communities in an approximate 50-mile radius around its headquarters office in Newton, North Carolina. This area includes Catawba County, Alexander County, Lincoln County, Iredell County and portions of northeast Gaston County, North Carolina. The Bank also conducts a portion of its business outside of this area. The Bank is located only 40 miles north of Charlotte, North Carolina, and the Bank’s primary market area is and will continue to be significantly affected by its close proximity to this major metropolitan area.

 

Employment in the Bank’s primary market area is diversified among manufacturing, retail and wholesale trade, technology, services and utilities. Catawba County’s largest employers include Catawba County Schools, Catawba Valley Medical Center, Duke LifePoint/Frye Regional Medical Center, CommScope, Inc. (manufacturer of fiber optic cable and accessories), Corning Optical Communications (manufacturer of fiber optic cable and accessories), Target Stores Distribution Center. (transportation and warehousing), Catawba County, GKN Driveline (manufacturing), Sutter Street Manufacturing (manufacturing) and Catawba Valley Community College. Lincoln County’s largest employers include Lincoln County Schools, County of Lincoln, Atrium Health Lincoln, RSI Home Products (manufacturing), Wal-Mart Associates Inc., The Timken Company (manufacturing), Julius Blum Inc. (manufacturing), Lowes Home Centers Inc. and Cataler North America (manufacturing).

 

The Bank has operated in the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina for over 100 years and is the only financial institution headquartered in Newton, North Carolina. Nevertheless, the Bank faces strong competition both in attracting deposits and making loans. Direct competition for deposits has historically come from other commercial banks, credit unions and brokerage firms located in its primary market area, including large financial institutions. One national money center commercial bank is headquartered in Charlotte, North Carolina. Based upon June 30, 2021 comparative data, the Bank had 20.61% of the deposits in Catawba County, placing it second in deposit size among a total of 11 banks with branch offices in Catawba County; 19.77% of the deposits in Lincoln County, placing it second in deposit size among a total of nine banks with branch offices in Lincoln County; and 15.97% of the deposits in Alexander County, placing it fourth in deposit size among a total of five banks with branch offices in Alexander County.

 

The Bank also faces additional significant competition for investors’ funds from short-term money market securities and other corporate and government securities. The Bank’s core deposit base has grown principally due to economic growth in the Bank’s market area coupled with the implementation of new and competitive deposit products. The ability of the Bank to attract and retain deposits depends on its ability to generally provide a rate of return, liquidity and risk comparable to that offered by competing investment opportunities.

 

The Bank experiences strong competition for loans from commercial banks and mortgage banking companies. The Bank competes for loans primarily through the interest rates and loan fees it charges and the efficiency and quality of services it provides to borrowers. Competition is increasing as a result of the continuing reduction of restrictions on the interstate operations of financial institutions.

 

Lending Policies and Procedures

 

Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Bank Board”). The loan approval process is intended to assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the collateral that will secure the loan. To assess the borrower’s ability to repay, we review the borrower’s employment, credit history, and other information on the historical and projected income and expenses of the borrower.

 

 
5

Table of Contents

 

The objectives of our lending program are to: (i) establish a sound asset structure; (ii) provide a sound and profitable loan portfolio to (a) protect the depositor’s funds and (b) maximize our shareholders’ return on investment; (iii) promote the stable economic growth and development of the market area served by the Bank; and (iv) comply with all regulatory agency requirements and applicable law.

 

The Bank’s legal lending limit is set by law and is monitored by the FDIC and the Commissioner. As of December 31, 2021, the Bank’s legal lending limit was $24.7 million (absent fully marketable collateral), and the largest credit relationship was $20.4 million. The underwriting standards and loan origination procedures include officer lending limits, which are approved by the Bank Board. The President/Chief Executive Officer of the Bank has loan authority of up to the legal lending limit of the Bank. As of December 21, 2021, the individual lending authority of the Chief Credit Officer/Executive Vice President was set at $4 million.

 

It is the policy of the Bank to ensure that the Bank Board is fully apprised of the status and critical factors affecting the quality and performance of the loan portfolio. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) credit underwriting policies and procedures; (ii) results of loan reviews and loan audits; and, (iii) credit concentrations (single borrowers and specific industries).

 

Management provides the Bank Board with the loan portfolio information as described below:

 

Monthly:

The following reports are submitted to the Bank Board for review and approval on a monthly basis:

·

Loan Quality/Yield/Growth/Trend Report

·

Risk Grade Report with Details of Loans Risk Graded 5-8

·

Commercial Loan Delinquency

·

New Loans - $250,000 and Greater

·

Comparison on New Loans in Prior Month with Same Month in Prior Year

·

Outstanding Commitments - $250,000 and greater

·

Commitment Pipeline Report - Outstanding commitments of $2,000,000 and greater (pending final approval and/or acceptance by the applicant)

·

Underwriting Exception Report (Commercial, Consumer and Mortgage)

·

Documentation Exception Report (Commercial and Consumer - quarterly comparison with current month)

 

Quarterly:

The following reports are submitted to the Bank Board for review and approval on a quarterly basis:

·

Real Estate Secured Loans with Non-Conforming Loan-To-Value Ratio

·

Status of Other Real Estate Owned

·

Nonaccrual

·

Impaired Loan Report

·

Letters of Credit Outstanding

·

Portfolio Status Report - Detailed analytical report summarizing the composition of the bank’s loan portfolio

·

Portfolio Stress Tests

·

Mortgage Report (see Mortgage Policy for complete list of reports)

·

Matured Home Equity Loan Report

 

 

Semi-annually:

The following report is submitted to the Bank Boards for review and approval on a semi-annual basis:

·

Participation Status Report

 

Annually:

On an annual basis, the Bank Board:

·

Reviews and approves the Bank’s credit underwriting policies and procedures

·

Reviews findings of the annual independent loan review of borrowing relationships of $1.5 million and greater as well as a periodic sample of commercial relationships with exposures below $1.5 million prepared by an independent loan review company engaged by the Bank

·

Receives information from management detailing all new committed borrowing relationships exceeding $3.0 million and is informed during the year if a borrowing relationship exceeds $2.5 million

  

 
6

Table of Contents

 

Investment Policies and Procedures

 

The Bank’s investment policy is designed to provide flexibility as necessary to maintain satisfactory liquidity while maximizing earnings on funds available for investment. The Bank maintains an investment portfolio of high-quality investment securities that is managed in a manner consistent with safe and sound banking practices. The characteristics and financial goals of the investment portfolio are complementary to the Bank’s broader business strategies and congruent with the Bank’s capital policies, technical expertise, and risk tolerances.

 

The Bank’s specific investment objectives are as follows:

 

A. Provide Earnings - Maximize the total return on invested funds in a manner that is consistent with the Bank’s overall financial goals and risk considerations. This objective is fulfilled by investing in, holding, and divesting from individual securities that, when considered in combination, contribute to a superior risk/reward for the total portfolio.

 

B. Provide Liquidity - Remain sufficiently liquid to meet anticipated funding demands either through declines in deposits and/or increases in loan demand. The Bank makes investments that are marketable and capable of being converted to cash at their market values in a relatively short period of time.

 

C. Mitigate Interest Rate Risk - Utilize portfolio strategies to assist the Bank in managing its overall interest rate sensitivity position in accordance with the goals and objectives approved by the Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) of the Bank.

 

D. Ensure the Safety of Principal -At all times, the safety of principal is a primary consideration. Upon purchase, the Bank’s investments are limited to investment-grade instruments that fully comply with all applicable regulatory guidelines and limitations.

 

E. Manage Tax Liabilities - Conduct portfolio management in light of the Bank’s current and projected tax position in order to improve overall profitability by reducing the Bank’s tax exposure to its minimum permissible level.

 

F. Meet Pledging Requirements - Provide collateral for various deposit and funding products such as public funds, trust deposits, repurchase agreements and FHLB borrowings.

 

The Bank Board reviews and approves the Bank’s Investment Policy annually or more frequently, if appropriate. All investment portfolio activities are reported to the ALCO and the Bank Board. The Bank Board oversees the establishment of appropriate systems and internal controls designed to keep portfolio strategies and holdings consistent with the overall strategies of the Bank.

 

The Bank Board designates a Primary Investment Officer who is directed to implement the Investment Policy of the Bank in a safe and sound manner. The Primary Investment Officer of the Bank is charged with the responsibility to actively manage the Bank’s investment portfolio, in conformity with the preceding objectives and the following approval requirements. Such responsibility includes the purchase and/or disposition of any holding within the investment portfolio up to $8 million and the ability to establish accounts with other depository institutions or investment firms as needed to process investment activity approved under this policy. Any activity over $8 million and less than 20% of the Bank’s capital as defined by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) must be approved by the ALCO. Transactions exceeding 20% of GAAP capital must be approved by the Bank Board. Also, any sale of securities that will result in a gain of more than $500,000 or a loss before income taxes exceeding the lesser of $250,000 or 2.5% of the current year’s projected net income must be approved by the Bank Board. The Investment Officer may designate certain investment functions to other officers of the Bank and may also seek outside sources for investment advice or periodic appraisals of the portfolio. The Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer serves as the Primary Investment Officer.

 

Human Capital Management

 

At December 31, 2021, the Company employed 287 full-time employees and 24 part-time employees, which equated to 299 full-time equivalent employees. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements, and we consider our employee relations to be good.

 

 
7

Table of Contents

 

Oversight of our corporate culture is an important element of our Board of Directors oversight of risk because our people are critical to the success of our corporate strategy. Our Board of Directors sets the “tone at the top,” and holds senior management accountable for embodying, maintaining, and communicating our culture to employees. Our culture is guided by our guiding principles below:

 

Our Core Values

 

-

Employees - We are informed, encouraged, and committed

 

-

Integrity - We are fair and truthful

 

-

Exceptional Customer Service - We surpass our customers’ expectation

 

-

Accountability - We are accountable for our own actions and bank goals.

 

-

Progressive and Positive - We see change as an opportunity

 

-

Our brand story

 

Our Bank Promise, Vision, and Mission

We are committed to fostering, cultivating, and preserving a culture of diversity and inclusion. We are working to cultivate our leaders and shape future talent pools to help us meet the needs of our customers now and in the future. Our human capital is the most valuable asset we have. The collective sum of the individual differences, life experiences, knowledge, inventiveness, innovation, self-expression, unique capabilities, and talent that our employees invest in their work represents a significant part of not only our culture but our reputation and our achievement as well. We embrace our employee’s differences in age, color, disability, ethnicity, family or marital status, gender identity or expression, language, national origin, physical and mental ability, political affiliation, race, religion, sexual orientation, socio-economic status, veteran status, and other characteristics that make our employees unique.

 

By emphasizing a consistent set of principles that all employees follow, we believe that our employees work experience is more satisfying, and they are better able to serve their customers consistently and at a high level.

 

Our employees are key to our success as an organization. We are committed to attracting, retaining and promoting top quality talent regardless of sex, sexual orientation, gender identity, race, color, national origin, age, religion and physical ability. We strive to identify and select the best candidates for all open positions based on qualifying factors for each job. We are dedicated to providing a workplace for our employees that is inclusive, supportive, and free of any form of discrimination or harassment; rewarding and recognizing our employees based on their individual results and performance; and recognizing and respecting all of the characteristics and differences that make each of our employees unique.

 

Employees have annual assignments related to “valuing differences” and diversity training is an integrated part of our leadership training as well. We expanded our Diversity, Equity & Inclusion (“DEI”) course library to support our ongoing culture sustainability program development. We launched our “Courageous Conversations” initiative in 2020, a program we will continue to build on annually. We are an active member of the North Carolina Bankers Association DEI Council doing work to expand DEI programming and other resources for community banks.

 

We also seek to design careers within our organization that are fulfilling ones, with competitive compensation and benefits alongside a positive work-life balance. We dedicate resources to fostering professional and personal growth with continuing education, on-the-job training and development programs. We have worked closely with our employees during the COVID-19 pandemic to ensure their safety and their ability to take care of their family. Health safety protocols were established, remote work arrangements were facilitated and considerations were provided for family needs, such as child care, all without any employee layoffs or furloughs.

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

Bank holding companies and commercial banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state law. The following is a brief summary of certain statutes and rules and regulations that affect or will affect the Company, the Bank and their subsidiaries. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statute and regulatory provisions referred to below and is not intended to be an exhaustive description of the statutes or regulations applicable to the business of the Company, the Bank and their subsidiaries. Supervision, regulation and examination of the Company and the Bank by the regulatory agencies are intended primarily for the protection of depositors rather than shareholders of the Company. Statutes, rules and regulations which contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationship of financial institutions are introduced regularly. The Company cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed statute, rule or regulation will be adopted or the extent to which the business of the Company and the Bank may be affected by such statute or regulation.

 

 
8

Table of Contents

 

General. There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed on bank holding companies and their depository institution subsidiaries by law and regulatory policy that are designed to minimize potential loss to depositors and the FDIC deposit insurance fund in the event a depository institution becomes in danger of default or in default. For example, to mitigate the risk of failure, bank holding companies are required to guarantee the compliance of any insured depository institution subsidiary that may become “undercapitalized” with the terms of the capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary with its appropriate federal banking agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the bank’s total assets at the time the bank became undercapitalized or (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the bank into compliance with all capital standards as of the time the bank fails to comply with such capital restoration plan. The Company, as a registered bank holding company, is subject to the regulation of the Federal Reserve. Under a policy of the Federal Reserve with respect to bank holding company operations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary depository institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it might not do so absent such policy. The Federal Reserve under the BHCA also has the authority to require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or to relinquish control of a nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank subsidiary of a bank) upon the Federal Reserve’s determination that such activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness and stability of any bank subsidiary of the bank holding company.

 

As a result of the Company’s ownership of the Bank, the Company is also registered under the bank holding company laws of North Carolina. Accordingly, the Company is also subject to regulation and supervision by the Commissioner.

 

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) and the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (the “Economic Growth Act”). On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act became law. The Dodd-Frank Act has had and will continue to have a broad impact on the financial services industry, including significant regulatory and compliance changes including, among other things,

 

 

·

enhanced authority over troubled and failing banks and their holding companies;

 

·

increased capital and liquidity requirements;

 

·

increased regulatory examination fees; and

 

·

specific provisions designed to improve supervision and safety and soundness by imposing restrictions and limitations on the scope and type of banking and financial activities.

 

In May 2018, the Economic Growth Act, was enacted to modify or remove certain financial reform rules and regulations, including some of those implemented under the Dodd-Frank Act. While the Economic Growth Act maintains most of the regulatory structure established by the Dodd-Frank Act, it amends certain aspects of the regulatory framework for small depository institutions with assets less than $10 billion and for large banks with assets of more than $50 billion.

 

The Economic Growth Act, among other matters, expands the definition of qualified mortgages which may be held by a financial institution and provides for an alternative capital rule which financial institutions and their holding companies with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion may elect to utilize. The Economic Growth Act instructed the federal banking regulators to establish a single “Community Bank Leverage Ratio” of between 8% and 10%. In addition, the Economic Growth Act includes regulatory relief for community banks of certain sizes regarding regulatory examination cycles, call reports, the Volcker Rule (proprietary trading prohibitions), mortgage disclosures and risk weights for certain high-risk commercial real estate loans. We have not opted to utilize the Community Bank Leverage Ratio and have instead continued to use the Basel III standards (see discussion on Basel III standards under the heading “Capital Adequacy” below).

 

It is difficult at this time to predict when or how any new standards under the Economic Growth Act will ultimately be applied to, or what specific impact the Economic Growth Act and the yet-to-be-written implementing rules and regulations will have on us.

 

 
9

Table of Contents

 

Capital Adequacy. At December 31, 2021, the Bank exceeded each of its minimum capital requirements with a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 9.50%, common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 15.27%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 15.27% and total risk-based capital ratio of 16.19%. At December 31, 2021, the Company also exceeded each of its minimum capital requirements with a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 9.64%, common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 13.96%, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 15.43% and total risk-based capital ratio of 16.35%.

 

On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve approved a final rule that establishes an integrated regulatory capital framework that addresses shortcomings in certain capital requirements. The rule, which became effective on January 1, 2015, implements in the United States the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule:

 

 

·

established a new minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (common equity Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets) of 4.5% and increased the minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio from 4.0% to 6.0%, while maintaining the minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% and the minimum Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 4.0%;

 

·

revised the rules for calculating risk-weighted assets to enhance their risk sensitivity;

 

·

phased out trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock as Tier 1 capital;

 

·

added a requirement to maintain a minimum conservation buffer, composed of common equity Tier 1 capital, of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets, to be applied to the new common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, the Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and the Total risk-based capital ratio, which means that banking organizations, on a fully phased in basis no later than January 1, 2019, must maintain a minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 7.0%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.5% and a minimum Total risk-based capital ratio of 10.5%; and

 

·

changed the definitions of capital categories for insured depository institutions for purposes of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 prompt corrective action provisions. Under these revised definitions, to be considered well-capitalized, an insured depository institution must have a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 5.0%, a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%.

 

The new minimum regulatory capital ratios and changes to the calculation of risk-weighted assets became effective for the Bank and the Company on January 1, 2015. The required minimum conservation buffer was phased in incrementally, starting at 0.625% on January 1, 2016 and increased to 1.25% on January 1, 2017, 1.875% on January 1, 2018, and 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

 

The final rule established common equity Tier 1 capital as a new capital component. Common equity Tier 1 capital consists of common stock instruments that meet the eligibility criteria in the final rule, retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income/loss and common equity Tier 1 minority interest. As a result, Tier 1 capital has two components: common equity Tier 1 capital and additional Tier 1 capital. The final rule also revised the eligibility criteria for inclusion in additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. As a result of these changes, certain non-qualifying capital instruments, including cumulative preferred stock and trust preferred securities, are excluded as a component of Tier 1 capital for institutions of the size of the Company.

 

The final rule further requires that certain items be deducted from common equity Tier 1 capital, including (1) goodwill and other intangible assets, other than mortgage servicing rights, net of deferred tax liabilities (“DTLs”); (2) deferred tax assets that arise from operating losses and tax credit carryforwards, net of valuation allowances and DTLs; (3) after-tax gain-on-sale associated with a securitization exposure; and (4) defined benefit pension fund assets held by a depository institution holding company, net of DTLs. In addition, banking organizations must deduct from common equity Tier 1 capital the amount of certain assets, including mortgage servicing assets, that exceed certain thresholds. The final rule also allows all but the largest banking organizations to make a one-time election not to recognize unrealized gains and losses on available for sale debt securities in regulatory capital, as under prior capital rules.

 

The final rule provides that the failure to maintain the minimum conservation buffer will result in restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary cash bonus payments to executive officers. If a banking organization’s conservation buffer is less than 0.625%, the banking organization may not make any capital distributions or discretionary cash bonus payments to executive officers. If the conservation buffer is greater than 0.625% but not greater than 1.25%, capital distributions and discretionary cash bonus payments are limited to 20% of net income for the four calendar quarters preceding the applicable calendar quarter (net of any such capital distributions), or eligible retained income. If the conservation buffer is greater than 1.25% but not greater than 1.875%, the limit is 40% of eligible retained income, and if the conservation buffer is greater than 1.875% but not greater than 2.5%, the limit is 60% of eligible retained income. The preceding thresholds for the conservation buffer and related restrictions represent the fully phased in rules effective January 1, 2019.

 

 
10

Table of Contents

 

Dividend and Repurchase Limitations. Federal regulations provide that the Company must obtain Federal Reserve approval prior to repurchasing its common stock for consideration in excess of 10% of its net worth during any twelve-month period unless the Company (i) both before and after the redemption satisfies capital requirements for a “well capitalized” bank holding company; (ii) received a one or two rating in its last examination; and (iii) is not the subject of any unresolved supervisory issues.

 

The ability of the Company to pay dividends or repurchase shares is largely dependent upon the Company’s receipt of dividends from the Bank. North Carolina commercial banks, such as the Bank, are subject to legal limitations on the amounts of dividends they are permitted to pay. Also, an insured depository institution, such as the Bank, is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is defined in the applicable law and regulations).

 

Deposit Insurance. As a member of the FDIC, our deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC, and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. The basic deposit insurance level is generally $250,000, as specified in FDIC regulations. For this protection, each insured bank pays a quarterly statutory assessment and is subject to the rules and regulations of the FDIC.

 

We recognized approximately $415,000, $263,000 and $119,000 in FDIC insurance expense in 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. In November 2018, the FDIC announced that the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) reserve ratio exceeded the statutory minimum of 1.35% as of September 30, 2018. Among other things, this resulted in the FDIC awarding assessment credits for banks with less than $10 billion in total assets that had contributed to the DIF in prior years. We were notified in January 2019 that we had received approximately $272,000 in credits that would be available to offset deposit insurance assessments once the DIF reached 1.38%. The DIF reached 1.38% as of June 30, 2019 and therefore, the FDIC began to apply the Bank’s credits to our quarterly deposit insurance assessments beginning with the second quarter of 2019. The Bank’s credits were fully utilized in the first quarter of 2020.

 

The FDIC may conduct examinations of and require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions. It may also prohibit an institution from engaging in any activity that it determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the deposit insurance fund and may terminate the Bank’s deposit insurance if it determines that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system provides a central credit facility for member institutions. As a member of the FHLB of Atlanta, the Bank is required to own capital stock in the FHLB of Atlanta in an amount at least equal to 0.20% (or 20 basis points) of the Bank’s total assets at the end of each calendar year, plus 4.25% of its outstanding advances (borrowings) from the FHLB of Atlanta under the new activity-based stock ownership requirement. On December 31, 2021, the Bank was in compliance with this requirement.

 

Community Reinvestment. Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as implemented by regulations of the FDIC, an insured institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop, consistent with the CRA, the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA requires the federal banking regulators, in connection with their examinations of insured institutions, to assess the institutions’ records of meeting the credit needs of their communities, using the ratings of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve,” or “substantial noncompliance,” and to take that record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by those institutions. All institutions are required to make public disclosure of their CRA performance ratings. The Bank received a “satisfactory” rating in its last CRA examination, which was conducted in January 2020.

 

 
11

Table of Contents

 

Changes in Control. The BHCA prohibits the Company from acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting stock or substantially all of the assets of any bank or savings bank or merging or consolidating with another bank or financial holding company or savings bank holding company without prior approval of the Federal Reserve. Similarly, Federal Reserve approval (or, in certain cases, non‑objection) must be obtained prior to any person acquiring control of the Company. Control is deemed to exist if, among other things, a person acquires 25% or more of any class of voting stock of the Company or controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors of the Company.

 

Federal Securities Law. The Company has registered its common stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time (the “Exchange Act”). As a result of such registration, the proxy and tender offer rules, insider trading reporting requirements, annual and periodic reporting and other requirements of the Exchange Act are applicable to the Company. In addition, the SEC and Nasdaq have adopted regulations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd Frank Act that apply to the Company as a Nasdaq-traded, public company, which seek to improve corporate governance, provide enhanced penalties for financial reporting improprieties and improve the reliability of disclosures in SEC filings.

 

Transactions with Affiliates. Under current federal law, depository institutions are subject to the restrictions and limitations contained in Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act with respect to loans to directors, executive officers and principal shareholders. In addition to limitations on the dollar value of loans to directors, executive officers and principal shareholders, pursuant to Section 22(h), the Federal Reserve requires that loans to directors, executive officers, and principal shareholders be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions with non-executive employees of the Bank. The FDIC has imposed additional limits on the amount a bank can loan to an executive officer.

 

Loans to One Borrower. The Bank is subject to the loans-to-one-borrower limits established by North Carolina law, which are substantially the same as those applicable to national banks. Under these limits, no loans and extensions of credit to any borrower outstanding at one time and not fully secured by readily marketable collateral may exceed 15% of the Bank’s total equity capital. At December 31, 2021, this limit was $24.7 million. This limit is increased by an additional 10% of the Bank’s total equity capital, or $41.2 million as of December 31, 2021, for loans and extensions of credit that are fully secured by readily marketable collateral.

 

Anti-Money Laundering and the USA Patriot Act. A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA Patriot Act”“), substantially broadened the scope of United States anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations on financial institutions, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. Financial institutions are also prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must use enhanced due diligence procedures in their dealings with certain types of high-risk customers and implement a written customer identification program. Financial institutions must take certain steps to assist government agencies in detecting and preventing money laundering and report certain types of suspicious transactions. Regulatory authorities routinely examine financial institutions for compliance with these obligations, and failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing, or to comply with all of the relevant laws or regulations, could have serious financial, legal and reputational consequences for the institution, including causing applicable bank regulatory authorities not to approve merger or acquisition transactions when regulatory approval is required or to prohibit such transactions even if approval is not required. Regulatory authorities have imposed cease and desist orders and civil money penalties against institutions found to be violating these obligations.

 

The Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020 (“AMLA”), which amends the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 (“BSA”), was enacted in January 2021. The AMLA is intended to be a comprehensive reform and modernization to U.S. bank secrecy and anti-money laundering laws. Among other things, it codifies a risk-based approach to anti-money laundering compliance for financial institutions; requires the development of standards for evaluating technology and internal processes for BSA compliance; expands enforcement- and investigation-related authority, including increasing available sanctions for certain BSA violations and instituting BSA whistleblower incentives and protections.

 

Interstate Banking and Branching. The BHCA was amended by the Interstate Banking Act. The Interstate Banking Act provides that adequately capitalized and managed financial and bank holding companies are permitted to acquire banks in any state. State law prohibiting interstate banking or discriminating against out-of-state banks is preempted. States are not permitted to enact laws opting out of this provision; however, states are allowed to adopt a minimum age restriction requiring that target banks located within the state be in existence for a period of years, up to a maximum of five years, before a bank may be subject to the Interstate Banking Act. The Interstate Banking Act, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, establishes deposit caps which prohibit acquisitions that result in the acquiring company controlling 30% or more of the deposits of insured banks and thrift institutions held in the state in which the target maintains a branch or 10% or more of the deposits nationwide. States have the authority to waive the 30% deposit cap. State-level deposit caps are not preempted as long as they do not discriminate against out-of-state companies, and the federal deposit caps apply only to initial entry acquisitions.

 

 
12

Table of Contents

 

Limits on Rates Paid on Deposits and Brokered Deposits. FDIC regulations limit the ability of insured depository institutions to accept, renew or roll-over deposits by offering rates of interest which are significantly higher than the prevailing rates of interest on deposits offered by other insured depository institutions having the same type of charter in such depository institution’s normal market area. Under these regulations, “well capitalized” depository institutions may accept, renew or roll-over such deposits without restriction, “adequately capitalized” depository institutions may accept, renew or roll-over such deposits with a waiver from the FDIC (subject to certain restrictions on payments of rates) and “undercapitalized” depository institutions may not accept, renew, or roll-over such deposits. Definitions of “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized” and “undercapitalized” are the same as the definitions adopted by federal banking agencies to implement the prompt corrective action provisions discussed above.

 

Current Expected Credit Loss Accounting Standard. The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) has adopted a new accounting standard related to reserving for credit losses. This standard, referred to as Current Expected Credit Loss (or “CECL”), requires FDIC-insured institutions and their holding companies (banking organizations) to recognize credit losses expected over the life of certain financial assets. The CECL framework is expected to result in earlier recognition of credit losses and is expected to be significantly influenced by the composition, characteristics and quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, as well as the prevailing economic conditions and forecasts. See Item 1A. Risk Factors for a further discussion of risks related to CECL.

 

Financial Privacy and Cybersecurity. The federal banking regulators have adopted rules that limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties. These limitations require disclosure of privacy policies to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure of certain personal information to a non-affiliated third party. These regulations affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. In addition, consumers may also prevent disclosure of certain information among affiliated companies that is assembled or used to determine eligibility for a product or service, such as that shown on consumer credit reports and asset and income information from applications. Consumers also have the option to direct banks and other financial institutions not to share information about transactions and experiences with affiliated companies for the purpose of marketing products or services.

 

In the ordinary course of business, we rely on electronic communications and information systems to conduct our operations and to store sensitive data. We employ an in-depth, layered, defensive approach that leverages people, processes and technology to manage and maintain cybersecurity controls. We employ a variety of preventative and detective tools to monitor, block, and provide alerts regarding suspicious activity, as well as to report on any suspected advanced persistent threats. Notwithstanding the strength of our defensive measures, the threat from cyber-attacks is severe, attacks are sophisticated and increasing in volume, and attackers respond rapidly to changes in defensive measures. While to date we have not detected a significant compromise, significant data loss or any material financial losses related to cybersecurity attacks, our systems and those of our customers and third-party service providers are under constant threat and it is possible that we could experience a significant event in the future. Risks and exposures related to cybersecurity attacks are expected to remain high for the foreseeable future due to the rapidly evolving nature and sophistication of these threats, as well as due to the expanding use of Internet banking, mobile banking and other technology-based products and services by us and our customers. See Item 1A. Risk Factors for a further discussion of risks related to cybersecurity.

 

The Bank Secrecy Act (BSA). The BSA requires all financial institutions, including banks and securities broker-dealers, to, among other things, establish a risk-based system of internal controls reasonably designed to prevent money laundering and the financing of terrorism. It includes a variety of recordkeeping and reporting requirements (such as cash and suspicious activity reporting) as well as due diligence/know-your-customer documentation requirements. The Bank has established an anti-money laundering program to comply with the BSA requirements.

 

 
13

Table of Contents

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”) implements a broad range of corporate governance and accounting measures for public companies (including publicly-held bank holding companies such as the Company) designed to promote honesty and transparency in corporate America and better protect investors from the types of corporate wrongdoings that occurred at Enron and WorldCom, among other companies. SOX’s principal provisions, many of which have been implemented through regulations released and policies and rules adopted by the securities exchanges in 2003 and 2004, provide for and include, among other things:

 

 

·

The creation of an independent accounting oversight board;

 

·

Auditor independence provisions which restrict non-audit services that accountants may provide to clients;

 

·

Additional corporate governance and responsibility measures, including the requirement that the chief executive officer and chief financial officer of a public company certify financial statements;

 

·

The forfeiture of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of an issuer’s securities by directors and senior officers in the twelve-month period following initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement;

 

·

An increase in the oversight of, and enhancement of certain requirements relating to, audit committees of public companies and how they interact with the public company’s independent auditors;

 

·

Requirements that audit committee members must be independent and are barred from accepting consulting, advisory or other compensatory fees from the issuer;

 

·

Requirements that companies disclose whether at least one member of the audit committee is a ‘financial expert’ (as such term is defined by the SEC), and if not, why not;

 

·

Expanded disclosure requirements for corporate insiders, including accelerated reporting of stock transactions by insiders and a prohibition on insider trading during certain blackout periods;

 

·

A prohibition on personal loans to directors and officers, except certain loans made by insured financial institutions, such as the Bank, on non-preferential terms and in compliance with bank regulatory requirements;

 

·

Disclosure of a code of ethics and filing a Form 8-K in the event of a change or waiver of such code; and

 

·

A range of enhanced penalties for fraud and other violations.

   

The Company complies with the provisions of SOX and its underlying regulations. Management believes that such compliance efforts have strengthened the Company’s overall corporate governance structure, and does not believe that such compliance has to date had, or will in the future have, a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

 

Standards for Safety and Soundness. Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) the federal bank regulatory agencies have prescribed, by regulation, standards and guidelines for all insured depository institutions and depository institution holding companies relating to: (i) internal controls, information systems and internal audit systems; (ii) loan documentation; (iii) credit underwriting; (iv) interest rate risk exposure; (v) asset growth; and (vi) compensation, fees and benefits. The compensation standards prohibit employment contracts, compensation or benefit arrangements, stock option plans, fee arrangements or other compensatory arrangements that would provide “excessive” compensation, fees or benefits, or that could lead to material financial loss. In addition, the federal bank regulatory agencies are required by FDICIA to prescribe standards specifying: (i) maximum classified assets to capital ratios; (ii) minimum earnings sufficient to absorb losses without impairing capital; and (iii) to the extent feasible, a minimum ratio of market value to book value for publicly-traded shares of depository institutions and depository institution holding companies.

 

Other. Additional regulations require annual examinations of all insured depository institutions by the appropriate federal banking agency and establish operational and managerial, asset quality, earnings and stock valuation standards for insured depository institutions, as well as compensation standards.

 

The Bank is subject to examination by the FDIC and the Commissioner. In addition, the Bank is subject to various other state and federal laws and regulations, including state usury laws, laws relating to fiduciaries, consumer credit, equal credit and fair credit reporting laws and laws relating to branch banking. The Bank, as an insured North Carolina commercial bank, is prohibited from engaging as a principal in activities that are not permitted for national banks, unless (i) the FDIC determines that the activity would pose no significant risk to the appropriate deposit insurance fund and (ii) the Bank is, and continues to be, in compliance with all applicable capital standards.

 

Future Requirements. Statutes and regulations, which contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of financial institutions, are introduced regularly. Neither the Company nor the Bank can predict whether or what form any proposed statute or regulation will be adopted or the extent to which the business of the Company or the Bank may be affected by such statute or regulation.

 

 
14

Table of Contents

 

Available Information

 

The Company makes its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports available free of charge on its internet website www.peoplesbanknc.com as soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are electronically filed with the SEC. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q are also available on its internet website in interactive data format using the eXtensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL), which allows financial statement information to be downloaded directly into spreadsheets, analyzed in a variety of ways using commercial off-the-shelf software and used within investment models in other software formats. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy information, statements and other information filed by the Company with the SEC electronically. These filings are also accessible on the SEC’s website at https://www.sec.gov.

 

The Company maintains an internet website at www.peoplesbanknc.com. The Company’s corporate governance policies, including the charters of the Audit and Enterprise Risk, Compensation, and Governance Committees, and the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics may be found on the Company’s website. A written copy of the foregoing corporate governance policies is available upon written request to the Company. Information included on the Company’s website is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones the Company faces. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently deem immaterial, also may become important factors that affect us and our business. If any of these risks were to materialize, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

RISK FACTORS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

 

Our operations, business, and financial condition have been and may continue to be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

The COVID-19 outbreak which evolved into a worldwide pandemic has had a myriad of adverse impacts upon society as a whole. The spread of COVID-19 has caused illness, quarantines, cancellation of events and travel, business and school shutdowns, reduction in business activity and financial transactions, supply chain interruptions and overall economic and financial market instability. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, Federal, State and Local governments have taken preventative or protective actions, such as imposing restrictions on travel and business operations, advising or requiring individuals to limit or forgo their time outside of their homes, and ordering temporary closures of businesses that have been deemed to be non-essential. The initial restrictions and other consequences of the pandemic resulted in significant adverse effects for many different types of businesses, including, among others, those in the retail sales, travel, hospitality and food and beverage industries, and resulted in a significant number of layoffs and furloughs of employees nationwide and in the markets in which we operate. Restrictions have been at least partially lifted nationally and within the Company’s market area with some level of economic recovery resulting. While progress towards vaccination has been made, an increase in virus spread or infection rates, or the emergence of new variants of the virus could result in restrictions being re-implemented with further negative impact to economic activity.

   

The ultimate effects of COVID-19 on the broader economy and our market area are not known nor is the ultimate length of the restrictions described above and any accompanying effects. Moreover, Federal Reserve action to lower the Federal Funds rate, has and may continue to negatively affect our interest income and, therefore, earnings, financial condition and results of operations. Additional impacts of COVID-19 on our business could be widespread and material, and may include, or exacerbate, among other consequences, the following:

 

 

·

employees contracting COVID-19;

 

·

unavailability of key personnel necessary to conduct our business activities;

 

·

disruption resulting from having a significant percentage of employees work remotely;

 

·

further declines in demand for loans and other banking services;

 

·

reduced consumer spending due to job losses or other impacts of the virus;

 

·

adverse conditions in financial markets may have a negative impact on our investment portfolio;

 

·

decline in credit quality of our loan portfolio leading to increased provisions for loan losses;

 

·

declines in the value of loan collateral, including residential and commercial real estate;

 

·

decline in the liquidity of borrowers and guarantors impairing their ability to honor financial commitments; and

 

·

actions of governmental entities to limit business activities.

  

 
15

Table of Contents

 

Furthermore, we rely upon our third-party vendors to conduct business and to process, record, and monitor transactions. If any of these vendors are unable to continue to provide us with these services, it could negatively impact our ability to serve our customers.

 

Unfavorable economic conditions could adversely affect our business.

 

Our business is subject to periodic fluctuations based on national, regional and local economic conditions. These fluctuations are not predictable, cannot be controlled, and may have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial condition. Our banking operations are primarily locally oriented and community-based. Our retail and commercial banking activities are primarily concentrated within the same geographic footprint. Our market is primarily based in the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina and surrounding communities. Worsening economic conditions within our markets could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Accordingly, we expect to continue to be dependent upon local business conditions as well as conditions in the local residential and commercial real estate markets we serve. Unfavorable changes in unemployment, real estate values, interest rates, inflation and other factors could weaken the economies of the communities we serve. While economic growth and business activity has been generally favorable in our market area in recent years, there can be no assurance that economic conditions will recover to pre-pandemic levels, and these conditions could worsen. In addition, unfavorable global economic conditions, including the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic discussed above, have had a negative impact on financial markets and could adversely impact our customers, which in turn could lead to lower business activity and higher loan delinquencies. Weakness in any of our market areas could have an adverse impact on our earnings, and consequently our financial condition and capital adequacy.

 

We are subject to credit risk and may incur losses if loans are not repaid.

 

There are inherent risks associated with our lending activities. These risks include, among other things, the impact of changes in interest rates and changes in the economic conditions in the markets where we operate as well as those across the United States and abroad. Increases in interest rates and/or weakening economic conditions could adversely impact the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans. We seek to mitigate the risks inherent in our loan portfolio by adhering to specific underwriting practices. Although we believe that our underwriting criteria are appropriate for the various kinds of loans we make, we may incur losses on loans that meet our underwriting criteria, and these losses may exceed the amounts set aside as reserves in our allowance for loan losses.

 

Our loan portfolio includes loans with a higher risk of loss.

 

We originate commercial real estate loans, commercial loans, construction and land development loans, and residential mortgage loans primarily within our market area. Commercial real estate, commercial, and construction and land development loans tend to involve larger loan balances to a single borrower or groups of related borrowers and are most susceptible to a risk of loss during a downturn in the business cycle. These loans also have historically had greater credit risk than other loans for the following reasons:

 

 

·

Commercial Real Estate Loans. Repayment is dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. These loans also involve greater risk because they are generally not fully amortizing over a loan period, but rather have a balloon payment due at maturity. A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or timely sell the underlying property. As of December 31, 2021, commercial real estate loans comprised approximately 38% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.

 

 

 

 

·

Commercial Loans. Repayment is generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business. In addition, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise, be illiquid, or fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. As of December 31, 2021, commercial loans comprised approximately 10% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio, including $18.0 million in Small Business Administration (“SBA”) Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loans.

 

 
16

Table of Contents

 

 

·

Construction and land development loans. The risk of loss is largely dependent on our initial estimate of whether the property’s value at completion equals or exceeds the cost of property construction and the availability of take-out financing. During the construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays or cost overruns. If our estimate is inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing our loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan, sale of the property, or by seizure of collateral. As of December 31, 2021, construction and land development loans comprised approximately 11% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.

 

 

 

 

·

Single-family residential loans. Declining home sales volumes, decreased real estate values and higher than normal levels of unemployment could contribute to losses on these loans. As of December 31, 2021, single-family residential loans comprised approximately 33% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio, including Banco single-family residential non-traditional loans which were approximately 3% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.

 

A significant amount of the Bank’s business is concentrated in lending which is secured by property located in the Catawba Valley and surrounding areas.

 

In addition to the financial strength and cash flow characteristics of the borrower in each case, the Bank often secures its loans with real estate collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. If the Bank is required to liquidate the collateral securing a loan during a period of reduced real estate values to satisfy the debt, the Bank’s earnings and capital could be adversely affected.

 

Additionally, with most of the Bank’s loans concentrated in the Catawba Valley and surrounding areas, a decline in local economic conditions could adversely affect the values of the Bank’s real estate collateral. Consequently, a decline in local economic conditions may have a greater effect on the Bank’s earnings and capital than on the earnings and capital of larger financial institutions whose real estate loan portfolios are more geographically diverse.

 

Our use of appraisals in deciding whether to make a loan on or secured by real property does not ensure the value of the real property collateral.

 

In considering whether to make a loan secured by real property, we typically require an appraisal of the property. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made. If the appraisal does not reflect the amount that may be obtained upon any sale or foreclosure of the property, we may not realize an amount equal to the indebtedness secured by the property.

  

Our allowance for loan losses may be insufficient and could therefore reduce earnings.

 

The risk of credit losses on loans varies with, among other things, general economic conditions, the creditworthiness of the borrower over the term of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, the value and marketability of the collateral for the loan. Management maintains an allowance for loan losses based upon, among other things, historical experience, an evaluation of economic conditions and regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality. Management believes it has established the allowance in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) and in consideration of the current economic environment. Although management uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the Company. If management’s assumptions and judgments prove to be incorrect and the allowance for loan losses is inadequate to absorb future losses, or if the bank regulatory authorities require the Bank to increase the allowance for loan losses as a part of their examination process, the Bank’s earnings and capital could be significantly and adversely affected. For further discussion related to our process for determining the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses, see “Allowance for Loan Losses” within “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results and Operation” of the Annual Report, which is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).

 

In addition, the measure of our allowance for loan losses is dependent on the adoption of new accounting standards. The FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update related to CECL, the new credit impairment model, which is expected to be implemented by the Company for reporting periods beginning on January 1, 2023. This new model requires financial institutions to estimate and develop a provision for credit losses at origination for the lifetime of the loan, as opposed to reserving for probable incurred losses up to the balance sheet date. Under the CECL model, credit deterioration will be reflected in the income statement in the period of origination or acquisition of the loan, with changes in expected credit losses due to further credit deterioration or improvement reflected in the periods in which the expectation changes.

 

 
17

Table of Contents

 

The CECL framework is expected to result in earlier recognition of credit losses and is expected to be significantly influenced by the composition, characteristics and quality of the Company’s loan portfolio, as well as the prevailing economic conditions and forecasts. The Company will initially apply the impact of the new guidance through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of implementation.

 

The CECL standard provides significant flexibility and requires a high degree of judgment with regards to pooling financial assets with similar risk characteristics and adjusting the relevant historical loss information in order to develop an estimate of expected lifetime losses. Providing for losses over the life of the Bank’s loan portfolio is a change to the previous method of providing allowances for loan losses that are probable and incurred. This change may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses rapidly in future periods, and greatly increases the types of data we need to collect and review to determine the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses. It may also result in even small changes to future forecasts having a significant impact on the allowance, which could make the allowance more volatile, and regulators may impose additional capital buffers to absorb this volatility.

 

If our non-performing assets increase, our earnings will suffer.

 

Our non-performing assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on non-accrual loans or real estate owned. We must reserve for probable losses, which is established through a current period charge to the provision for loan losses as well as from time to time, as appropriate, the write down of the value of properties in our other real estate owned portfolio to reflect changing market values. Additionally, there are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets as well as carrying costs such as taxes, insurance and maintenance related to our other real estate owned. Further, the resolution of non-performing assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract them from more profitable activity. Finally, if our estimate for the recorded allowance for loan losses proves to be incorrect and our allowance is inadequate, we will have to increase the allowance accordingly.

 

Changes in interest rates affect profitability and assets.

 

Changes in prevailing interest rates may hurt the Bank’s business. The Bank derives its income primarily from the difference or “spread” between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. In general, the larger the spread, the more the Bank earns. When market rates of interest change, the interest the Bank receives on its assets and the interest the Bank pays on its liabilities will fluctuate. This can cause decreases in the “spread” and can adversely affect the Bank’s income. Changes in market interest rates could reduce the value of the Bank’s financial assets. Fixed-rate investments, mortgage-backed and related securities and mortgage loans generally decrease in value as interest rates rise. In addition, interest rates affect how much money the Bank lends. For example, when interest rates rise, the cost of borrowing increases and the loan originations tend to decrease. If the Bank is unsuccessful in managing the effects of changes in interest rates, the financial condition and results of operations could suffer.

 

A small number of large deposit relationships provide a significant level of funding for the Bank.

 

The Bank’s five largest deposit relationships, including securities sold under agreements to repurchase, amounted to $118.9 million at December 31, 2021. These balances represent 8.20% of total deposits and securities sold under agreements to repurchase combined at December 31, 2021. Total deposits for the five largest relationships referenced above amounted to $100.5 million, or 7.12% of total deposits at December 31, 2021. Total securities sold under agreements to repurchase for the five largest relationships referenced above amounted to $18.3 million, or 49.44% of total securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2021. Loss of one or more of these deposit relationships could have a negative impact on the Bank’s liquidity position.

 

Increases in FDIC insurance premiums may adversely affect our net income and profitability.

 

The Company is generally unable to control the amount of premiums that the Bank is required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are bank or financial institution failures that exceed the FDIC’s expectations, the Bank may be required to pay higher FDIC premiums than those currently in force. Any future increases or required prepayments of FDIC insurance premiums may adversely impact the Company’s earnings and financial condition.

 

 
18

Table of Contents

 

Cybersecurity incidents could disrupt business operations, result in the loss of critical and confidential information, and adversely impact our reputation and results of operations.

 

Global cybersecurity threats and incidents can range from uncoordinated individual attempts to gain unauthorized access to information technology (IT) systems to sophisticated and targeted measures known as advanced persistent threats, directed at the Company and/or its third-party service providers. While we have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, these types of threats and incidents, none of them to date have been material to the Company. Although we employ comprehensive measures to prevent, detect, address and mitigate these threats (including access controls, employee training, data encryption, vulnerability assessments, continuous monitoring of our IT networks and systems and maintenance of backup and protective systems), cybersecurity incidents, depending on their nature and scope, could potentially result in the misappropriation, destruction, corruption or unavailability of critical data and confidential or proprietary information (our own or that of third parties) and the disruption of business operations. The potential consequences of a material cybersecurity incident include reputational damage, litigation with third parties and increased cybersecurity protection and remediation costs, which in turn could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Our business continuity plans or data security systems could prove to be inadequate, resulting in a material interruption in, or disruption to, our business and a negative impact on our results of operations.

 

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Our daily operations depend on the operational effectiveness of our technology. We rely on our systems to accurately track and record our assets and liabilities. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of our computer systems or outside technology, whether due to severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, criminal activity, cyberattacks or other factors, could result in failures or disruptions in general ledger, deposit, loan, customer relationship management, and other systems leading to inaccurate financial records. This could materially affect our business operations and financial condition.

 

While we have disaster recovery and other policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of any failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions, or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

In addition, the Bank provides its customers the ability to bank online and through mobile banking. The secure transmission of confidential information over the Internet is a critical element of online and mobile banking. While we use qualified third-party vendors to test and audit our network, our network could become vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security issues. The Bank may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or computer viruses.

 

To the extent that the Bank’s activities or the activities of its customers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose the Bank to claims, litigation, and other potential liabilities. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing customers to lose confidence in the Bank’s systems and could adversely affect its reputation and its ability to generate deposits.

 

Additionally, we outsource the processing of our core data system, as well as other systems such as online banking, to third party vendors. Prior to establishing an outsourcing relationship, and on an ongoing basis thereafter, management monitors key vendor controls and procedures related to information technology, which includes reviewing reports of service auditor’s examinations. If our third-party provider encounters difficulties or if we have difficulty in communicating with such third party, it will significantly affect our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions, which would significantly affect our business operations.

 

In the normal course of business, we process large volumes of transactions involving millions of dollars. If our internal controls fail to work as expected, if our systems are used in an unauthorized manner, or if our employees subvert our internal controls, we could experience significant losses.

 

We process large volumes of transactions on a daily basis involving millions of dollars and are exposed to numerous types of operational risk. Operational risk includes the risk of fraud by persons inside or outside the Company, the execution of unauthorized transactions by employees, errors relating to transaction processing and systems and breaches of the internal control system and compliance requirements. This risk also includes potential legal actions that could arise as a result of an operational deficiency or as a result of noncompliance with applicable regulatory standards.

 

 
19

Table of Contents

 

We establish and maintain systems of internal operational controls that provide us with timely and accurate information about our level of operational risk. Although not foolproof, these systems have been designed to manage operational risk at appropriate, cost-effective levels. Procedures exist that are designed to ensure that policies relating to conduct, ethics, and business practices are followed. From time to time, losses from operational risk may occur, including the effects of operational errors. We continually monitor and improve our internal controls, data processing systems, and corporate-wide processes and procedures, but there can be no assurance that future losses will not occur.

 

Financial services companies depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.

 

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, we may rely on information furnished by or on behalf of customers and counterparties, including financial statements, credit reports, and other financial information. We may also rely on representations of those customers, counterparties, or other third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on inaccurate or misleading financial statements, financial advisors and consultants, credit reports, or other financial information could cause us to enter into unfavorable transactions, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation, which could have an adverse effect on our operations.

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to extensive regulation and supervision from the Commissioner, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve. This regulation and supervision is intended primarily to enhance the safe and sound operation of the Bank and for the protection of the FDIC insurance fund and our depositors and borrowers, rather than for holders of our equity securities. In the past, our business has been materially affected by these regulations. This trend is likely to continue in the future.

 

Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on operations, the classification of our assets and the determination of the level of allowance for loan losses. Changes in the regulations that apply to us, or changes in our compliance with regulations, could have a material impact on our operations.

 

We face a risk of noncompliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations and related enforcement actions.

 

The federal BSA, the USA Patriot Act and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain effective anti-money laundering programs and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (“FINCEN”), established by the Treasury to administer the BSA, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the OFAC. Federal and state bank regulators also have begun to focus on compliance with BSA and AML regulations. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we have already acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us.

 

We are subject to federal and state fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.

 

Federal and state fair lending laws and regulations, such as the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act, impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Department of Justice, the Consumer Finance Protection Bureau and other federal and state agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. A successful challenge to our performance under the fair lending laws and regulations could adversely impact our CRA rating and result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on or delays in approving merger and acquisition activity and restrictions on expansion activity, which could negatively impact our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 
20

Table of Contents

 

Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions.

 

Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions through alternative methods that historically have involved banks. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts, mutual funds or general-purpose reloadable prepaid cards. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost of deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us.

 

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services companies are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, and investment banks. Defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services companies, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. We can make no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition.

 

Liquidity is essential to our business. We rely on a number of different sources in order to meet our potential liquidity demands. Our primary sources of liquidity are increases in deposit accounts, cash flows from loan payments and our securities portfolio. Borrowings also provide us with a source of funds to meet liquidity demands. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity.

 

Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities or on terms which are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors that affect us specifically, or the financial services industry or economy in general. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include adverse regulatory action against us or a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in the markets in which our loans are concentrated. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry in light of the recent turmoil faced by banking organizations or deterioration in credit markets.

 

We could experience losses due to competition with other financial institutions.

 

We face substantial competition in all areas of our operations from a variety of different competitors, both within and beyond our principal markets, many of which are larger and may have more financial resources. Such competitors primarily include national, regional and internet banks within the various markets in which we operate. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including, without limitation, thrifts, credit unions, finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies and other financial intermediaries, such as online lenders and banks. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative and regulatory changes and continued consolidation. In addition, as customer preferences and expectations continue to evolve, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for nonbanks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting) and merchant banking. Many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can.

 

 
21

Table of Contents

 

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:

 

 

·

the ability to develop, maintain, and build upon long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards, and safe, sound assets;

 

·

the ability to expand our market position;

 

·

the scope, relevance, and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;

 

·

the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors;

 

·

customer satisfaction with our level of service; and

 

·

industry and general economic trends.

 

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Failure to keep pace with technological change could adversely affect our business.

 

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure.

 

Third party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure such as internet connections, network access and core application processing. While we have selected these third-party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services for any reason or their performing their services poorly, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers and otherwise to conduct our business and could negatively impact our reputation. Replacing these third-party vendors could also entail significant delay and expense.

 

Negative publicity could damage our reputation.

 

Reputation risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital from negative public opinion, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion could adversely affect our ability to keep and attract customers and expose us to adverse legal and regulatory consequences. Negative public opinion could result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance, regulatory compliance, mergers and acquisitions, and disclosure, sharing or inadequate protection of customer information, and from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to that conduct. Our reputation could also be adversely impacted by negative public opinion regarding the financial services industry in general.

 

Loss of key personnel could adversely impact results.

 

The success of the Bank has been and will continue to be greatly influenced by the ability to retain the services of existing senior management. The Bank has benefited from consistency within its senior management team, with two of its top three executives averaging 25 years of service with the Bank. The unexpected loss of the services of any of the key management personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could have an adverse impact on the business and financial results of the Bank.

 

We may be subject to examinations by taxing authorities which could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

 In the normal course of business, we may be subject to examinations from federal and state taxing authorities regarding the amount of taxes due in connection with investments we have made and the businesses in which we are engaged. Recently, federal and state taxing authorities have become increasingly aggressive in challenging tax positions taken by financial institutions. The challenges made by taxing authorities may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions. If any such challenges are made and are not resolved in our favor, they could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

 
22

Table of Contents

 

As discussed in Item 3. Legal Proceedings, the North Carolina Department of Revenue is seeking to disallow certain tax credits taken by the Bank in prior tax years from an investment made by the Bank. While the Bank purchased a Guaranty Agreement along with the investment, which we believe limits our potential exposure, in the event the tax credits are ultimately disallowed, there can be no assurance that the guarantor will perform under the Guaranty Agreement or that we will recover all of any of these potential losses under the Guaranty Agreement. This could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial results and condition.

 

Our accounting policies are fundamental to understanding our financial results and condition. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Some of our accounting policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.

 

From time to time the FASB and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards or the interpretation of those standards that govern the preparation of our external financial statements. These changes are beyond our control, can be hard to predict and could materially impact how we report our results of operations and financial condition. We could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in our restating prior period financial statements in material amounts.

 

Our internal controls may be ineffective.

 

Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

Impairment of investment securities or deferred tax assets could require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations.

 

In assessing the impairment of investment securities, management considers the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issues, and the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery of fair value in the near term. In assessing the future ability of the Company to realize the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The impact of each of these impairment matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

Because we engage in lending secured by real estate and may be forced to foreclose on the collateral property and own the underlying real estate, we may be subject to the increased costs associated with the ownership of real property, which could result in reduced net income.

 

Since we originate loans secured by real estate, we may have to foreclose on the collateral property to protect our investment and may thereafter own and operate such property, in which case we are exposed to the risks inherent in the ownership of real estate. The amount that we, as a mortgagee, may realize after a default is dependent upon factors outside of our control, including, but not limited to:

 

 

·

general or local economic conditions;

 

·

environmental cleanup liability;

 

·

neighborhood values;

 

·

interest rates;

 

·

real estate tax rates;

 

·

operating expenses of the mortgaged properties;

 

·

supply of and demand for rental units or properties;

 

·

ability to obtain and maintain adequate occupancy of the properties;

 

·

zoning laws;

 

·

governmental rules, regulations and fiscal policies; and

 

·

acts of God.

  

 
23

Table of Contents

 

Certain expenditures associated with the ownership of real estate, principally real estate taxes and maintenance costs, may adversely affect the income from the real estate. Therefore, the cost of operating real property may exceed the rental income earned from such property, and we may have to advance funds in order to protect our investment or we may be required to dispose of the real property at a loss.

 

We are subject to losses due to errors, omissions or fraudulent behavior by our employees, clients, counterparties or other third parties.

 

We are exposed to many types of operational risk, including the risk of fraud by employees and third parties, clerical recordkeeping errors and transactional errors. Our business is dependent on our employees as well as third-party service providers to process a large number of increasingly complex transactions. We could be materially and adversely affected if employees, clients, counterparties or other third parties caused an operational breakdown or failure, either as a result of human error, fraudulent manipulation or purposeful damage to any of our operations or systems.

 

In deciding whether to extend credit or to enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information, which we do not independently verify. We also may rely on representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether to extend credit to a client, we may assume that the client’s audited financial statements conform with GAAP and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the client. Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected to the extent we rely on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading, any of which could be caused by errors, omissions, or fraudulent behavior by our employees, clients, counterparties, or other third parties.

 

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws, and certain banking laws may have an anti-takeover effect.

 

Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, and federal banking laws, including regulatory approval requirements, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial to our shareholders. The combination of these provisions may prohibit a non-negotiated merger or other business combination, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

As a participating lender in the PPP, the Company and the Bank are subject to additional risks of litigation from the Bank’s customers or other parties regarding the Bank’s processing of loans for the PPP and risks that the SBA may not fund some or all PPP loan guaranties.

 

On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed the CARES Act, which included a loan program administered through the SBA referred to as the PPP. Under the PPP, small businesses and other entities and individuals could apply for loans from existing SBA lenders and other approved regulated lenders that enroll in the program, subject to numerous limitations and eligibility criteria. The Bank is participating as a lender in the PPP. The PPP opened on April 3, 2020; however, because of the short timeframe between the passing of the CARES Act and the opening of the PPP, there is some ambiguity in the laws, rules and guidance regarding the operation of the PPP, which exposes the Company to risks relating to noncompliance with the PPP.

 

Since the opening of the PPP, several other larger banks have been subject to litigation regarding the process and procedures that such banks used in processing applications for the PPP. The Company and the Bank may be exposed to the risk of similar litigation, from both customers and noncustomers that approached the Bank regarding PPP loans, regarding its process and procedures used in processing applications for the PPP and loan forgiveness applications. If any such litigation is filed against the Company or the Bank and is not resolved in a manner favorable to the Company or the Bank, it may result in significant financial liability or adversely affect the Company’s reputation. In addition, litigation can be costly, regardless of outcome. Any financial liability, litigation costs or reputational damage caused by PPP related litigation could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

 
24

Table of Contents

 

The Bank also has credit risk on PPP loans if a determination is made by the SBA that there is a deficiency in the manner in which the loan was originated, funded, or serviced by the Bank, such as an issue with the eligibility of a borrower to receive a PPP loan, which may or may not be related to the ambiguity in the laws, rules and guidance regarding the operation of the PPP. In the event of a loss resulting from a default on a PPP loan and a determination by the SBA that there was a deficiency in the manner in which the PPP loan was originated, funded, or serviced by the Company, the SBA may deny its liability under the guaranty, reduce the amount of the guaranty, or, if it has already paid under the guaranty, seek recovery of any loss related to the deficiency from the Company.

 

RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY’S STOCK

 

Our stock price can be volatile.

 

Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Our stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a variety of factors including the risk factors discussed elsewhere in this report that are outside of our control and which may occur regardless of our operating results.

 

Future sales of our stock by our shareholders or the perception that those sales could occur may cause our stock price to decline.

 

Although our common stock is listed for trading in The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “PEBK”, the trading volume in our common stock is lower than that of other larger financial services companies. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and market conditions over which we have no control. Given the relatively low trading volume of our common stock, significant sales of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline or to be lower than it otherwise might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions.

 

Our common stock is not FDIC insured.

 

The Company’s common stock is not a savings or deposit account or other obligation of any bank and is not insured by the FDIC or any other governmental agency and is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of principal. Investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this report and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, holders of our common stock may lose some or all of their investment.

 

We may reduce or eliminate dividends on our common stock.

 

Although we have historically paid a quarterly cash dividend to the holders of our common stock, holders of our common stock are not entitled to receive dividends. Downturns in the domestic and global economies could cause our Board of Directors to consider, among other things, reducing or eliminating dividends paid on our common stock. This could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Furthermore, as a bank holding company, our ability to pay dividends is subject to the guidelines of the Federal Reserve regarding capital adequacy and dividends before declaring or paying any dividends. Dividends also may be limited as a result of safety and soundness considerations.

 

We may need additional access to capital, which we may be unable to obtain on attractive terms or at all.

 

We may need to incur additional debt or equity financing in the future to make strategic acquisitions or investments, for future growth or to fund losses or additional provision for loan losses in the future. Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend in part on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial performance. Accordingly, we may be unable to raise additional capital, if and when needed, on terms acceptable to it, or at all. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impaired and our stock price negatively affected.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

Not applicable.

 

 
25

Table of Contents

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

 

At December 31, 2021, the Company and the Bank conducted their business from their headquarters office in Newton, North Carolina and the Bank’s 17 branch offices in Lincolnton, Hickory, Newton, Catawba, Conover, Claremont, Maiden, Denver, Triangle, Hiddenite, Charlotte, Cornelius, Mooresville, Raleigh and Cary, North Carolina. The Bank also operates loan production offices in Charlotte, Denver, Salisbury and Winston-Salem North Carolina. The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Bank’s properties at December 31, 2021.

 

Owned

 

Leased

Corporate Office

 

1333 2nd Street NE

518 West C Street

 

Hickory, North Carolina 28601

Newton, North Carolina 28658

 

 

 

 

6350 South Boulevard

420 West A Street

 

Charlotte, North Carolina 28217

Newton, North Carolina 28658

 

 

 

 

3752/3754 Highway 16 North

213 1st Street, West

 

Denver, North Carolina 28037

Conover, North Carolina 28613

 

 

 

 

9624-I Bailey Road

3261 East Main Street

 

Cornelius, North Carolina 28031

Claremont, North Carolina 28610

 

 

 

 

4000 Westchase Boulevard

6125 Highway 16 South

 

Suite 100

Denver, North Carolina 28037

 

Raleigh, North Carolina 27607

 

 

 

5153 N.C. Highway 90E

 

1117 Parkside Main Street

Hiddenite, North Carolina 28636

 

Cary, North Carolina 27519

 

 

 

200 Island Ford Road

 

13840 Ballantyne Corporate Place

Maiden, North Carolina 28650

 

Suite 150

 

 

Charlotte, North Carolina 28277

3310 Springs Road NE

 

 

Hickory, North Carolina 28601

 

118 East Council Street

 

 

Suite 1

142 South Highway 16

 

Salisbury, NC 28144

Denver, North Carolina 28037

 

 

 

 

380 Knollwood Street

106 North Main Street

 

Suite D

Catawba, North Carolina 28609

 

Winston-Salem, NC 27103

 

 

 

2050 Catawba Valley Boulevard

 

 

Hickory, North Carolina 28601

 

 

 

 

 

1074 River Highway

 

 

Mooresville, North Carolina 28117

 

 

 

 

 

1910 East Main Street

 

 

Lincolnton, North Carolina 28092

 

 

  

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

On October 19, 2018, the Bank received a draft audit report from the North Carolina Department of Revenue (“NCDOR”) setting forth certain proposed adjustments to the North Carolina income tax returns for the Bank for the tax years January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2016. The NCDOR sought to disallow certain tax credits taken by the Bank in tax years January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2016 from an investment made by the Bank. The total proposed adjustments sought by the NCDOR as of the date of the draft audit report (including additional tax, penalties and interest up to the date of the draft audit report) was approximately $1.4 million. The Bank disagreed with the NCDOR’s proposed adjustments and the disallowance of certain tax credits, and challenged the proposed adjustments and the disallowance of such tax credits. During the second quarter of 2019, the Bank paid the NCDOR $1.2 million in taxes and interest associated with the proposed adjustments noted above. This payment stopped the accrual of interest during the period while the proposed adjustments and disallowance are being contested, and the NCDOR waived associated penalties. The Bank purchased a Guaranty Agreement along with this tax credit investment that unconditionally guarantees the amount of its investment plus associated penalties and interest which management believes would limit the Bank’s exposure to approximately $125,000. The Tax Credit Guaranty Agreement by State Tax Credit Exchange, LLC dated September 10, 2014 was attached to the Company’s September 30, 2018 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q as Exhibit 99.

 

 
26

Table of Contents

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable.

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

The Company’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, under the symbol “PEBK.” Market makers for the Company’s shares include Raymond James Financial, Inc. and Hovde Group, LLC.

 

The ability of the Company to pay dividends and repurchase shares is largely dependent upon the Company’s receipt of dividends from the Bank. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends is limited. North Carolina commercial banks, such as the Bank, are subject to legal limitations on the amount of dividends they are permitted to pay. Dividends may be paid by the Bank from undivided profits, which are determined by deducting and charging certain items against actual profits, including any contributions to surplus required by North Carolina law. Also, an insured depository institution, such as the Bank, is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is defined in the applicable law and regulations). For further discussion, see Supervision and Regulation under Item 1 Business.

 

As of March 7, 2022, the Company had 672 shareholders of record, not including the number of persons or entities whose stock is held in nominee or street name through various brokerage firms or banks. The closing market price for the Company’s common stock was $28.10 on March 7, 2022.

 

 
27

Table of Contents

 

STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

 

The following graph compares the Company’s cumulative shareholder return on its common stock with a NASDAQ index and with a southeastern bank index. The graph was prepared by S&P Global Market Intelligence, using data as of December 31, 2021.

 

COMPARISON OF FIVE-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURNS

Performance Report for

Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.

   

Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.

 

pebk_10kimg9.jpg

  

 

 

 

 

Period Ending

 

 

 

 

Index

 

12/31/16

 

 

12/31/17

 

 

12/31/18

 

 

12/31/19

 

 

12/31/20

 

 

12/31/21

 

Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.

 

 

100.00

 

 

 

136.82

 

 

 

110.98

 

 

 

152.57

 

 

 

110.67

 

 

 

136.02

 

NASDAQ Composite Index

 

 

100.00

 

 

 

129.64

 

 

 

125.96

 

 

 

172.18

 

 

 

249.51

 

 

 

304.85

 

S&P U.S. BMI Banks - Southeast Region Index

 

 

100.00

 

 

 

123.70

 

 

 

102.20

 

 

 

144.05

 

 

 

129.15

 

 

 

184.47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Source:  S&P Global Market Intelligence

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

© 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 
28

Table of Contents

 

The information required by Item 201(d) concerning securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is set forth in Item 12 hereof.

 

 ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Period

 

 Total Number of Shares Purchased

 

 

 Average Price Paid per Share

 

 

 Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (2)

 

 

 Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1 - 31, 2021

 

 

1,494

 

 

 

$21.11

 

 

 

-

 

 

$4,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 1 - 28, 2021

 

 

566

 

 

 

 

20.30

 

 

 

-

 

 

$4,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 1 - 31, 2021

 

 

397

 

 

 

 

25.00

 

 

 

-

 

 

$4,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

April 1 - 30, 2021

 

 

1,426

 

 

 

 

23.35

 

 

 

-

 

 

$4,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

May 1 - 31, 2021

 

 

307

 

 

 

 

25.96

 

 

 

-

 

 

$4,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 1 - 30, 2021

 

 

444

 

 

 

 

25.38

 

 

 

-

 

 

$4,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

July 1 - 31, 2021

 

 

1,144

 

 

 

 

27.85

 

 

 

-

 

 

$4,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

August 1 - 31, 2021

 

 

201

 

 

 

 

27.87

 

 

 

127,597

 

 

$394,344

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

September 1 - 30, 2021

 

 

281

 

 

 

 

28.16

 

 

 

-

 

 

$394,344

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

October 1 - 31, 2021

 

 

1,142

 

 

 

 

28.73

 

 

 

-

 

 

$394,344

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 1 - 30, 2021

 

 

198

 

 

 

 

28.67

 

 

 

-

 

 

$394,344

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 1 - 31, 2021

 

 

242

 

 

 

 

28.32

 

 

 

-

 

 

$394,344

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Total

 

 

7,842

 (1

$25.02

 

 

 

127,597

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 

The Company purchased 7,842 shares on the open market in the year ended December 31, 2021 for its deferred compensation plan.  All purchases were funded by participant contributions to the plan.

 

(2) 

Reflects shares purchased under the Company's stock repurchase program.

 

(3) 

Reflects dollar value of shares that may yet be purchased under the Company's stock repurchase program, which was authorized in February 2021. On February 18, 2022, the Company announced that it had authorized a replacement stock purchase program whereby up to $2.0 million will be allocated to repurchase the Company's stock

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The information required by this Item is set forth in the section captioned “Selected Financial Data” on page A-3 of the Annual Report, which Annual Report is filed with this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13). The section captioned “Selected Financial Data” on page A-3 of the Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 
29

Table of Contents

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The information required by this Item is set forth in the section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages A-4 through A-26 of the Annual Report, which section is filed with this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13). The section captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

The information required by this Item is set forth in the section captioned “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” on page A-24 of the Annual Report, which Annual Report is filed with this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13). The section captioned “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company and supplementary data are set forth on pages A-28 through A-69 of the Annual Report, which Annual Report is filed with this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13). The consolidated financial statements of the Company and supplementary data set forth on pages A-28 through A-69 of the Annual Report are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

The Company’s management, under the supervision and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, has concluded, based on their evaluation as of the end of the period covered by this Report, that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13A-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports filed or submitted by it under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the applicable rules and forms and include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in such reports is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

 

There have been no changes in internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

 

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company, (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

 
30

Table of Contents

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. In making this assessment, management used the criteria established in “Internal Control - Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. Based on our assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021.

 

 This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. As a smaller reporting company, management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

None

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The information required by this Item is set forth under the sections captioned “Director Nominees”, “Executive Officers of the Company “, “Security Ownership Of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management, “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”, “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics”, “Board Committees - Governance Committee” and “Board Committees - Audit and Enterprise Risk Committee” contained in the Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required by this Item is set forth under the section captioned “Compensation Discussion and Analysis”, “Summary Compensation Table”, “Grants of Plan-Based Awards”, “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End”, “Option Exercises and Stock Vested”, “Pension Benefits”, “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation”, “Employment Agreements”, “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control”, “Omnibus Stock Option and Long Term Incentive Plan”, “Director Compensation”, “Compensation Committee - Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee - Compensation Committee Report” contained in the Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

For the information required by the Item see the section captioned “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” contained in the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 
31

Table of Contents

 

The following table presents the number of shares of Company common stock to be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights; the weighted-average price of the outstanding options, warrants and rights and the number of options, warrants and rights remaining that may be issued under the Company’s Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plans.

 

Plan Category

 

 Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding option, warrants and rights (1), (2), (3), (4), (5)

 

 

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights (6)

 

 

Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))

 

 

 

 (a)

 

 

(b)

 

 

(c)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

 

27,169

 

 

$0.00

 

 

 

285,305

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total

 

 

27,169

 

 

$0.00

 

 

 

285,305

 

 

(1)

Includes 4,114 restricted stock units granted on March 1, 2017 (adjusted for the 10% stock dividend paid December 15, 2017) under the 2009 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan.  These restricted stock grants vested on March 1, 2021.

 

 

(2)

Includes 3,245 restricted stock units granted on January 24, 2018 under the 2009 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan.  These restricted stock grants vest on January 24, 2022.

 

 

(3)

Includes 5,115 restricted stock units granted on February 21, 2019 under the 2009 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan.  These restricted stock grants vest on February 21, 2023.

 

 

(4)

Includes 7,635 restricted stock units granted on May 7, 2020 under the 2020 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan.  These restricted stock grants vest on May 7, 2024.

 

 

(5)

Includes 7,060 restricted stock units granted on February 3, 2021 under the 2020 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan.  These restricted stock grants vest on February 3, 2025.

 

 

(6)

Grants of restricted stock units under the 2009 and 2020 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plans do not have an exercise price.

 

The above table excludes shares awarded from time to time pursuant to the Service Recognition Program. The Service Recognition Program is described under the section captioned “Discretionary Bonus and Service Awards” contained in the Proxy Statement.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

See the sections captioned “Indebtedness of and Transactions with Management and Directors” and “Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight” contained in the Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

See the section captioned “Proposal 3 - Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” contained in the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 
32

Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

15(a)1.

Consolidated Financial Statements (contained in the Annual Report attached hereto as Exhibit (13) and incorporated herein by reference)

 

 

(a)

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB 149)

 

 

 

 

(b)

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

 

 

 

(c)

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

 

 

 

 

(d)

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

 

 

 

 

(e)

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

 

 

 

 

(f)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

 

 

 

 

(g)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

15(a)2.

Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules

 

 

 

All schedules have been omitted, as the required information is either inapplicable or included in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

15(a)3.

Exhibits

 

 

Exhibit (3)(i)(a)

Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(i) to the Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 2, 1999

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (3)(i)(b)

Articles of Amendment dated December 19, 2008, regarding the Series A Preferred Stock, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(1) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (3)(i)(c)

Articles of Amendment dated February 26, 2010, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(2) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 25, 2010

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (3)(i)(d)

Articles of Amendment dated May 6, 2021, filed with the North Carolina Department of the Secretary of State on February 28, 2022

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (3)(ii)

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (3)(ii) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 24, 2015

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (4)(i)

Specimen Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (4) to the Form 8-A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 2, 1999

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (4)(ii)

Description of Registrant’s Securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(ii) to the Form 10-K/A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2020

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (10)(i)

Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples Bank and William D. Cable, Sr. dated December 18, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(c)(iii) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (10)(ii)

Employment Agreement dated January 22, 2015 between the Registrant and William D. Cable, Sr., incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(c) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 2015

 

 
33

Table of Contents

 

 

Exhibit (10)(iii)

Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples Bank and Lance A. Sellers dated December 18, 2008, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(d)(iii) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (10)(iv)

Employment Agreement dated January 22, 2015 between the Registrant and Lance A. Sellers, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(a) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 9, 2015

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (10)(v)

Peoples Bank Directors’ and Officers’ Deferral Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2002

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (10)(vi)

Rabbi Trust for the Peoples Bank Directors’ and Officers’ Deferral Plan, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 28, 2002

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (10)(vii)

Description of Service Recognition Program maintained by Peoples Bank, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 27, 2003

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (10)(viii)

Capital Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of June 26, 2006, by and among the Registrant, PEBK Capital Trust II and Bear, Sterns Securities Corp., incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j) to the Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2006

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (10)(ix)

Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of PEBK Capital Trust II, dated as of June 28, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k) to the Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2006

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (10)(x) 

 Guarantee Agreement of the Registrant dated as of June 28, 2006, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l) to the Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2006

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (10)(xi)

Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2006, by and between the Registrant and LaSalle Bank National Association, as Trustee, relating to Junior Subordinated Debt Securities Due September 15, 2036, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m) to the Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 13, 2006

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (10)(xii) 

Form of Amended and Restated Director Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Peoples Bank and Directors Robert C. Abernethy, James S. Abernethy, Douglas S. Howard, John W. Lineberger, Jr., Gary E. Matthews, Dr. Billy L. Price, Jr., Larry E Robinson, W. Gregory Terry, Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr., and Benjamin I. Zachary, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(n) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 29, 2008

  

 
34

Table of Contents

 

 

Exhibit (10)(xiii)

 2009 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(o) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 20, 2009

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (10)(xiv)

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples Bank and Lance A. Sellers dated February 16, 2018, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(xx) to the Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 2018

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (10)(xv)

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Salary Continuation Agreement between Peoples Bank and William D. Cable, Sr. dated February 16, 2018, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(xxii) to the Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 18, 2018

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (10)(xvi) 

 2020 Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(xxi) to the Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 19, 2021

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (10)(xvii)

Employment Agreement dated August 19, 2021 by and among the Registrant, Peoples Bank and Jeffrey N. Hooper, incorporated by reference to Exhibit (10)(a) to the Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 20, 2021

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (13)

2021 Annual Report of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (21)

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (23)

Consent of Elliott Davis, PLLC

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (31)(a)

Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (31)()

Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

Exhibit (32)

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

    

 
35

Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

 

 

(Registrant)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lance A. Sellers

 

 

Lance A. Sellers

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Date: March 18, 2022

 

      

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated: 

  

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lance A. Sellers

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

March 18, 2022

Lance A. Sellers

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ James S. Abernethy

 

Director

 

March 18, 2022

James S. Abernethy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert C. Abernethy

 

Chairman of the Board and Director

 

March 18, 2022

Robert C. Abernethy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Douglas S. Howard

 

Director

 

March 18, 2022

Douglas S. Howard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeffrey N. Hooper

 

Executive Vice President and Chief

 

March 18, 2022

Jeffrey N. Hooper

 

Financial Officer (Principal Financial

 

 

 

 

and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John W. Lineberger, Jr.

 

Director

 

March 18, 2022

John W. Lineberger, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Gary E. Matthews

 

Director

 

March 18, 2022

Gary E. Matthews

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D.

 

Director

 

March 18, 2022

Billy L. Price, Jr., M.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Larry E. Robinson

 

Director

 

March 18, 2022

Larry E. Robinson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William Gregory Terry

 

Director

 

March 18, 2022

William Gregory Terry

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.

 

Director

 

March 18, 2022

Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Benjamin I. Zachary

 

Director

 

March 18, 2022

Benjamin I. Zachary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kimberly Boyd-Leaks

 

Director

 

March 18, 2022

Kimberly Boyd-Leaks

 

 

 

 

 

 
36

 

  EXHIBIT (13)

 

The Annual Report to Security Holders is Appendix A to the Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

 

 

  

APPENDIX A

 

ANNUAL REPORT

OF

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

 

General Description of Business

 

Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (“Bancorp” or the “Company”), was formed in 1999 to serve as the holding company for Peoples Bank (the “Bank”). Bancorp is a bank holding company registered with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”). Bancorp’s principal source of income is dividends declared and paid by the Bank on its capital stock, if any. Bancorp has no operations and conducts no business of its own other than owning the Bank and PEBK Capital Trust II. Accordingly, the discussion of the business which follows primarily concerns the business conducted by the Bank. Our principal executive offices are located at 518 West C Street, Newtown, North Carolina, 28658, and our telephone number is (828) 464-5620.

 

The Bank, founded in 1912, is a state-chartered commercial bank serving the citizens and business interests of the Catawba Valley and surrounding communities through 17 banking offices, located in Lincolnton, Newton, Denver, Catawba, Conover, Maiden, Claremont, Hiddenite, Hickory, Charlotte, Cornelius, Mooresville, Raleigh, and Cary, North Carolina. The Bank also operates loan production offices in Charlotte, Denver, Salisbury and Winston-Salem North Carolina. The Company’s fiscal year ends December 31. At December 31, 2021, the Company had total assets of $1.6 billion, net loans of $875.5 million, deposits of $1.4 billion, total securities of $410.2 million, and shareholders’ equity of $142.4 million.

 

The Bank operates three banking offices focused on the Latino population that were formerly operated as a division of the Bank under the name Banco de la Gente (“Banco”). These offices, which offer the same banking services as our other branches offer, now operate under the same name as our other offices; however, we continue to separately categorize mortgage loans originated from these offices.

 

The Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, with no foreign loans and few agricultural loans. Real estate loans are predominately variable rate and fixed rate commercial property loans, which include residential development loans to commercial customers. Commercial loans are spread throughout a variety of industries with no one particular industry or group of related industries accounting for a significant portion of the commercial loan portfolio. The majority of the Bank’s deposit and loan customers are individuals and small-to medium-sized businesses located in the Bank’s market area. The Bank’s loan portfolio also includes Individual Taxpayer Identification Number (ITIN) mortgage loans generated through the Bank’s former Banco offices. Additional discussion of the Bank’s loan portfolio and sources of funds for loans can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on pages A-4 through A-26 of the Annual Report, which is included in this Form 10-K as Exhibit (13).

 

The operations of the Bank are significantly influenced by general economic conditions and by related monetary and fiscal policies of Bancorp and the Bank’s regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”).

 

At December 31, 2021, the Company employed 287 full-time employees and 24 part-time employees, which equated to 299 full-time equivalent employees.

 

Subsidiaries

 

The Bank is a subsidiary of the Company. At December 31, 2021, the Bank had four subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc., Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc., Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”) and PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC. Through a relationship with Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., Peoples Investment Services, Inc. provides the Bank’s customers access to investment counseling and non-deposit investment products such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, tax deferred annuities, and related brokerage services. Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. provides real estate appraisal and real estate brokerage services. CBRES serves as a “clearing-house” for appraisal services for community banks. Other banks are able to contract with CBRES to find and engage appropriate appraisal companies. As a separate legal entity, CBRES’s services and the appraisal process are conducted independent from the financing process of the Bank. PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC acquires, manages and disposes of real property, other collateral and assets obtained in the ordinary course of collecting debts previously contracted. In 2019, the Company launched PB Insurance Agency, which is part of CBRES. All of the Bank’s subsidiaries are incorporated in the state of North Carolina.

 

In June 2006, the Company formed a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), to facilitate the issuance of $20.6 million of trust preferred securities. PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial statements. The Company redeemed $5.0 million of outstanding trust preferred securities in 2019. The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay quarterly dividends at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points. The Company has guaranteed payment of these dividends and other payments due on the trust preferred securities.

 

 
A-1

 

 

This report contains certain forward-looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of the Company. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are based on the beliefs and assumptions of management of the Company and on the information available to management at the time that these disclosures were prepared. These statements can be identified by the use of words like “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate” and “believe,” variations of these words and other similar expressions. Readers should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include, but are not limited to, (1) competition in the markets served by the Company’s subsidiary, Peoples Bank, (2) changes in the interest rate environment, (3) general national, regional or local economic conditions may be less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality and the possible impairment of collectibility of loans, (4) legislative or regulatory changes, including changes in accounting standards, (5) significant changes in the federal and state legal and regulatory environment and tax laws, (6) the impact of changes in monetary and fiscal policies, laws, rules and regulations and (7) other risks and factors identified in the Company’s other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

 

 
A-2

 

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Dollars in Thousands Except Per Share Amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Summary of Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

$47,179

 

 

 

47,958

 

 

 

49,601

 

Interest expense

 

 

3,205

 

 

 

3,836

 

 

 

3,757

 

Net interest income

 

 

43,974

 

 

 

44,122

 

 

 

45,844

 

Provision for (reduction of) loan losses

 

 

(1,163)

 

 

4,259

 

 

 

863

 

Net interest income after provision

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for loan losses

 

 

45,137

 

 

 

39,863

 

 

 

44,981

 

Non-interest income (1)

 

 

24,919

 

 

 

22,914

 

 

 

17,739

 

Non-interest expense (1)

 

 

51,127

 

 

 

48,931

 

 

 

45,517

 

Earnings before income taxes

 

 

18,929

 

 

 

13,846

 

 

 

17,203

 

Income tax expense

 

 

3,796

 

 

 

2,489

 

 

 

3,136

 

Net earnings

 

$15,133

 

 

 

11,357

 

 

 

14,067

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Year-End Balances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

$1,624,193

 

 

 

1,416,175

 

 

 

1,155,988

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

 

406,549

 

 

 

245,249

 

 

 

195,746

 

Net loans

 

 

875,514

 

 

 

938,731

 

 

 

843,194

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

3,637

 

 

 

9,139

 

 

 

4,417

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

1,531,975

 

 

 

1,326,489

 

 

 

1,058,937

 

Deposits

 

 

1,412,748

 

 

 

1,221,086

 

 

 

966,517

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

950,987

 

 

 

805,771

 

 

 

668,353

 

Shareholders' equity

 

$142,369

 

 

 

139,899

 

 

 

134,120

 

Shares outstanding

 

 

5,661,569

 

 

 

5,632,035

 

 

 

5,766,981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Average Balances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

$1,568,417

 

 

 

1,366,962

 

 

 

1,144,444

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

 

349,647

 

 

 

200,821

 

 

 

185,302

 

Loans

 

 

908,682

 

 

 

935,970

 

 

 

834,517

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

1,483,519

 

 

 

1,271,764

 

 

 

1,055,730

 

Deposits

 

 

1,372,855

 

 

 

1,115,019

 

 

 

932,647

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

896,903

 

 

 

793,188

 

 

 

675,992

 

Shareholders' equity

 

$147,740

 

 

 

141,287

 

 

 

134,670

 

Shares outstanding

 

 

5,576,099

 

 

 

5,657,025

 

 

 

5,799,505

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profitability Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average total assets

 

 

0.96%

 

 

0.83%

 

 

1.23%

Return on average shareholders' equity

 

 

10.24%

 

 

8.04%

 

 

10.45%

Dividend payout ratio

 

 

24.83%

 

 

38.67%

 

 

28.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Ratios (averages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loan to deposit

 

 

66.19%

 

 

83.94%

 

 

89.48%

Shareholders' equity to total assets

 

 

9.42%

 

 

10.34%

 

 

11.77%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per share of Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net earnings

 

$2.71

 

 

 

2.01

 

 

 

2.43

 

Diluted net earnings

 

$2.63

 

 

 

1.95

 

 

 

2.36

 

Cash dividends

 

$0.66

 

 

 

0.75

 

 

 

0.66

 

Book value

 

$25.89

 

 

 

24.84

 

 

 

23.26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Appraisal management fee income and expense from the Bank’s subsidiary, CBRES, was reported as a net amount prior to March 31, 2018, and included in miscellaneous non-interest income. This income and expense is now reported on separate line items under non-interest income and non-interest expense.  Prior periods have been restated to reflect this change.

 

 
A-3

 

 

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following is a discussion of our financial position and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the information set forth under Item 1A Risk Factors in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and the Company’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto on pages A-28 through A-69.

 

Introduction

Management’s discussion and analysis of earnings and related data are presented to assist in understanding the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (“Bancorp” or the “Company”), for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.  Bancorp is a registered bank holding company operating under the supervision of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) and the parent company of Peoples Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank is a North Carolina-chartered bank, with offices in Catawba, Lincoln, Alexander, Mecklenburg, Iredell, Wake, Rowan and Forsyth counties, operating under the banking laws of North Carolina and the rules and regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”).

 

Overview

Our business consists principally of attracting deposits from the general public and investing these funds in commercial loans, real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans and consumer loans. Our profitability depends primarily on our net interest income, which is the difference between the income we receive on our loan and investment securities portfolios and our cost of funds, which consists of interest paid on deposits and borrowed funds. Net interest income also is affected by the relative amounts of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. When interest-earning assets approximate or exceed interest-bearing liabilities, a positive interest rate spread will generate net interest income. Our profitability is also affected by the level of other income and operating expenses. Other income consists primarily of miscellaneous fees related to our loans and deposits, mortgage banking income and commissions from sales of annuities and mutual funds. Operating expenses consist of compensation and benefits, occupancy related expenses, federal deposit and other insurance premiums, data processing, advertising and other expenses.

 

Our operations are influenced significantly by local economic conditions and by policies of financial institution regulatory authorities. The earnings on our assets are influenced by the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve, inflation, interest rates, market and monetary fluctuations.  Lending activities are affected by the demand for commercial and other types of loans, which in turn is affected by the interest rates at which such financing may be offered.  Our cost of funds is influenced by interest rates on competing investments and by rates offered on similar investments by competing financial institutions in our market area, as well as general market interest rates. These factors can cause fluctuations in our net interest income and other income. In addition, local economic conditions can impact the credit risk of our loan portfolio, in that (1) local employers may be required to eliminate employment positions of individual borrowers, and (2) small businesses and commercial borrowers may experience a downturn in their operating performance and become unable to make timely payments on their loans. Management evaluates these factors in estimating the allowance for loan and lease losses (“ALLL”, “allowance for loan losses”, or “allowance”) and changes in these economic factors could result in increases or decreases to the provision for loan losses.

 

COVID-19 has adversely affected, and may continue to adversely affect economic activity globally, nationally and locally. Following the COVID-19 outbreak in December 2019 and January 2020, market interest rates declined significantly, with the 10-year Treasury bond falling below 1.00% on March 3, 2020 for the first time. Such events generally had an adverse effect on business and consumer confidence and the Company and its customers.  On March 3, 2020, the Federal Reserve Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) reduced the target federal funds rate by 50 basis points to a range of 1.00% to 1.25%. Subsequently on March 16, 2020, the FOMC further reduced the target federal funds rate by an additional 100 basis points to a range of 0.00% to 0.25%. These reductions in interest rates and other effects of the COVID-19 pandemic had an adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.  Prior to the occurrence of the COVID-19 pandemic, economic conditions, while not as robust as the economic conditions during the period from 2004 to 2007, had stabilized such that businesses in our market area were growing and investing again.  The uncertainty expressed in the local, national and international markets through the primary economic indicators of activity were previously sufficiently stable to allow for reasonable economic growth in our markets.  See COVID-19 Impact below for additional information regarding the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s business.

 

Although we are unable to control the external factors that influence our business, by maintaining high levels of balance sheet liquidity, managing our interest rate exposures and by actively monitoring asset quality, we seek to minimize the potentially adverse risks of unforeseen and unfavorable economic trends.

 

 
A-4

 

 

Our business emphasis has been and continues to be to operate as a well-capitalized, profitable and independent community-oriented financial institution dedicated to providing quality customer service. We are committed to meeting the financial needs of the communities in which we operate. We expect growth to be achieved in our local markets and through expansion opportunities in contiguous or nearby markets.  While we would be willing to consider growth by acquisition in certain circumstances, we do not consider the acquisition of another company to be necessary for our continued ability to provide a reasonable return to our shareholders.  We believe that we can be more effective in serving our customers than many of our non-local competitors because of our ability to quickly and effectively provide senior management responses to customer needs and inquiries. Our ability to provide these services is enhanced by the stability and experience of our Bank officers and managers.

 

The Company does not have specific plans for additional offices in 2022 but will continue to look for growth opportunities in nearby markets and may expand if considered a worthwhile opportunity.

 

COVID 19 Impact

Overview. The COVID-19 pandemic has caused unprecedented disruption that has affected daily living and negatively impacted the global economy, the banking industry and the Company. While we are unable to estimate the magnitude, the COVID-19 pandemic and the related global economic crisis may adversely affect our future operating results.  As such, the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on future fiscal periods is subject to a high degree of uncertainty.  The emergence of COVID-19 and new variants of the virus around the world, and particularly in the United States and Canada, continues to present significant risks to the Company, not all of which the Company is able to fully evaluate or even to foresee at the current time.  The pandemic has affected the Company’s financial results and business operations, and economic and health conditions in the United States and across most of the globe have continued to change since the beginning of the pandemic.  Management cannot predict the full impact of the pandemic on the Company’s management and employees, its customers nor to economic conditions generally, and such effects could exist for an extended period of time.

 

Effects on Our Market Areas. Our commercial and consumer banking products and services are offered primarily in North Carolina where individual and governmental responses to the COVID-19 pandemic led to a broad curtailment of economic activity beginning in March 2020. In North Carolina, schools closed for the remainder of the 2019-2020 academic year, businesses were ordered to temporarily close or reduce their business operations to accommodate social distancing and shelter in place requirements, non-critical healthcare services were significantly curtailed and unemployment levels rose. Since the initial shut down in March 2020, phased reopening plans began in mid-May of 2020 and continued throughout 2021. While COVID-19 cases and restrictions are currently decreasing, we are unable to predict if COVID-19 cases will continue to  decrease, if additional policies, procedures, restrictions, limitations and mandates will be implemented requiring employees to be vaccinated and/or be subject to regular COVID-19 testing and the impact that the foregoing will have on businesses, including the business of the Company and its customers. 

 

Policy and Regulatory Developments. Federal, state and local governments and regulatory authorities enacted and issued a range of policy responses to the COVID-19 pandemic, including the following:

 

 

·

The Federal Reserve decreased the range for the federal funds target rate by 0.5 percent on March 3, 2020, and by another 1.0 percent on March 16, 2020, reaching a current range of 0.0 - 0.25 percent.

 

 

 

 

·

On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed the CARES Act, which established a $2 trillion economic stimulus package, including cash payments to individuals, supplemental unemployment insurance benefits and a $349 billion loan program administered through the Small Business Administration (“SBA”), referred to as the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”). Under the PPP, small businesses, sole proprietorships, independent contractors and self-employed individuals could apply for loans from existing SBA lenders and other approved regulated lenders that enrolled in the PPP loan program, subject to certain limitations and eligibility criteria. After the initial $349 billion in funds for the PPP was exhausted, an additional $320 billion in funding for PPP loans was authorized. On December 27, 2020, the Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small Businesses, Nonprofits and Venues Act (the “Economic Aid Act”) became law. The Economic Aid Act reopened and expanded the PPP loan program. The changes to the PPP loan program allowed new borrowers to apply for a loan under the original PPP loan program and the creation of an additional PPP loan for eligible borrowers. The Economic Aid Act also revised certain PPP requirements, including aspects of loan forgiveness on existing PPP loans. Under the Economic Aid Act, the PPP loan program was set to expire on March 31, 2021; however, the PPP Extension Act which was signed into law on March 30, 2021 extended the PPP loan program until May 31, 2021. The Bank participated as a lender in the PPP loan program. In addition, the CARES Act provides financial institutions the option to temporarily suspend certain requirements under GAAP related to troubled debt restructurings (“TDR loans”) for a limited period of time to account for the effects of COVID-19. See Note 3 of the financial statements for additional disclosure of loan modifications as of December 31, 2021.

 

 
A-5

 

 

 

·

On April 7, 2020, federal banking regulators issued a revised Interagency Statement on Loan Modifications and Reporting for Financial Institutions, which, among other things, encouraged financial institutions to work prudently with borrowers who are or may be unable to meet their contractual payment obligations because of the effects of COVID-19, and stated that institutions generally do not need to categorize COVID-19-related modifications as TDRs and that the agencies will not direct supervised institutions to automatically categorize all COVID-19 related loan modifications as TDRs. See Note 3 of the financial statements for additional disclosure of loan modifications as of December 31, 2021.

 

 

 

 

·

On April 9, 2020, the Federal Reserve announced additional measures aimed at supporting small-and mid-sized businesses, as well as state and local governments impacted by COVID-19. The Federal Reserve announced the Main Street Business Lending Program, which established two new loan facilities intended to facilitate lending to small and mid-sized businesses: (1) the Main Street New Loan Facility, or MSNLF, and (2) the Main Street Expanded Loan Facility, or MSELF. The Bank did not participate in the MSELF or MSNLF.

 

 

 

 

·

In addition to the policy responses described above, the federal bank regulatory agencies, along with their state counterparts, issued a stream of guidance in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and taken a number of unprecedented steps to help banks navigate the pandemic and mitigate its impact. These included, without limitation: requiring banks to focus on business continuity and pandemic planning; adding pandemic scenarios to stress testing; encouraging bank use of capital buffers and reserves in lending programs; permitting certain regulatory reporting extensions; reducing margin requirements on swaps; permitting certain otherwise prohibited investments in investment funds; issuing guidance to encourage banks to work with customers affected by the pandemic and encourage loan workouts; and providing credit under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) for certain pandemic related loans, investments and public service. Moreover, because of the need for social distancing measures, the agencies revamped the manner in which they conducted periodic examinations of their regular institutions, including making greater use of off-site reviews. The Federal Reserve also issued guidance encouraging banking institutions to utilize its discount window for loans and intraday credit extended by its Reserve Banks to help households and businesses impacted by the pandemic and announced numerous funding facilities. The FDIC also acted to mitigate the deposit insurance assessment effects of participating in the PPP loan program and the Federal Reserve's PPP Liquidity Facility and Money Market Mutual Fund Liquidity Facility.

 

Effects on Our Business. The COVID-19 pandemic and the specific developments referred to above have had and will likely continue to have an impact on our business. In particular, we anticipate that a significant portion of the Bank’s borrowers in the hotel, restaurant and retail industries will continue to endure economic distress, which has caused, and may continue to cause, them to draw on their existing lines of credit and adversely affect their ability to repay existing indebtedness, and is expected to adversely impact the value of collateral. These developments, together with economic conditions generally, including labor shortages, may also impact our commercial real estate portfolio, particularly with respect to real estate with exposure to these industries, and the value of certain collateral securing our loans. As a result, our financial condition, capital levels and results of operations may be adversely affected, as described in further detail below.

 

Our Response. We have taken numerous steps in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, including the following:

 

 

·

On March 13, 2020 we enacted our Pandemic Plan. We used available physical resources to achieve appropriate social distancing protocols in all facilities; in addition, we established mandatory remote work through June 30, 2021 to isolate certain personnel essential to critical business continuity operations. We also expanded and tested remote access for the core banking system, funds transfer and loan operations.

 

 

 

 

·

We continue to actively work with loan customers to evaluate prudent loan modification terms.

 

 

 

 

·

We continue to promote our digital banking options through our website. Customers are encouraged to utilize online and mobile banking tools, and our customer service and retail departments are fully staffed and available to assist customers remotely.

 

 

 

 

·

We were a participating lender in the PPP loan program. We believed it was our responsibility as a community bank to assist the SBA in the distribution of funds authorized under the CARES Act to our customers and communities.

 

 

 

 

·

On March 19, 2020, we restricted branch customer activity to drive-up and appointment only services. Branch lobbies were reopened on May 20, 2020. One small branch located in an assisted living facility was

 

 
A-6

 

 

 

·

permanently closed effective December 31, 2020 due to limited lobby space and COVID-19 restrictions. All business functions continue to be operational. We continue to pay all employees according to their normal work schedule, even if their work has been reduced. No employees have been furloughed. While the majority of employees are now working on-site, some employees whose job responsibilities can be effectively carried out remotely continue to work from home. Employees working on-site are observing current public health guidelines. Effective August 19, 2021, the Company implemented mask requirements for employees. On January 6, 2022, we restricted branch customer activity to drive-up and appointment only services due to an increase in COVID-19 cases.

 

Summary of Significant and Critical Accounting Policies

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, along with the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries, Peoples Investment Services, Inc., Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. (“REAS”), Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”) and PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

The Company’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition. Many of the Company’s accounting policies require significant judgment regarding valuation of assets and liabilities and/or significant interpretation of specific accounting guidance. The following is a summary of some of the more subjective and complex accounting policies of the Company. A more complete description of the Company’s significant accounting policies can be found in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in the Company’s 2021 Annual Report to Shareholders which is Appendix A to the Proxy Statement for the May 5, 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

 

The allowance for loan losses reflects management’s assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio. The Bank periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance for loan losses that management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses.

 

Many of the Company’s assets and liabilities are recorded using various techniques that require significant judgment as to recoverability. The collectability of loans is reflected through the Company’s estimate of the allowance for loan losses. The Company performs periodic and systematic detailed reviews of its lending portfolio to assess overall collectability. In addition, certain assets and liabilities are reflected at their estimated fair value in the consolidated financial statements. Such amounts are based on either quoted market prices or estimated values derived from dealer quotes used by the Company, market comparisons or internally generated modeling techniques. The Company’s internal models generally involve present value of cash flow techniques. The various techniques are discussed in greater detail elsewhere in this management’s discussion and analysis and the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

There are other complex accounting standards that require the Company to employ significant judgment in interpreting and applying certain of the principles prescribed by those standards. These judgments include, but are not limited to, the determination of whether a financial instrument or other contract meets the definition of a derivative in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”).

 

The Company has an overall interest rate risk management strategy that has, in prior years, incorporated the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings that are caused by interest rate volatility. When using derivative instruments, the Company is exposed to credit and market risk. If the counterparty fails to perform, credit risk is equal to the extent of the fair-value gain in the derivative. The Company minimized the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties that were reviewed periodically by the Company. The Company did not have any interest rate derivatives outstanding as of December 31, 2021 or 2020.

 

Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities to prepare the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Results of Operations

Summary.The Company reported earnings of $15.1 million or $2.71 per share and $2.63 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2021, as compared to $11.4 million or $2.01 per share and $1.95 per diluted share for the prior year. The increase in year-to-date net earnings is primarily attributable to a recovery in the provision for loan losses and an increase in non-interest income, which were partially offset by a decrease in net interest income and an increase in non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the year ended December 31, 2020, as discussed below.

 

 
A-7

 

 

The Company reported earnings of $11.4 million or $2.01 per share and $1.95 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $14.1 million or $2.43 per share and $2.36 per diluted share for the prior year. The decrease in year-to-date net earnings is primarily attributable to a decrease in net interest income, an increase in the provision for loan losses and an increase in non-interest expense, which were partially offset by an increase in non-interest income.

 

The return on average assets in 2021 was 0.96%, as compared to 0.83% in 2020 and 1.23% in 2019. The return on average shareholders’ equity was 10.24% in 2021, as compared to 8.04% in 2020 and 10.45% in 2019.

 

Net Interest Income.Net interest income, the major component of the Company’s net income, is the amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-earning assets exceed the total cost of funds used to carry them. Net interest income is affected by changes in the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as changes in the yields earned and rates paid. Net interest margin is calculated by dividing tax-equivalent net interest income by average interest-earning assets, and represents the Company’s net yield on its interest-earning assets.

 

Net interest income in 2021 was $44.0 million, compared to $44.1 million in 2020. The decrease in net interest income is due to a $779,000 decrease in interest income, which was partially offset by a $631,000 decrease in interest expense. The decrease in interest income was primarily due to a $1.1 million decrease in interest income and fees on loans, which was primarily due to a decrease in interest income on loans resulting from a decrease in total loans, which was partially offset by an increase in fee income on PPP loans. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to a decrease in rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities and a decrease in FHLB borrowings. Net interest income decreased to $44.1 million in 2020 from $45.8 million in 2019.

 

Table 1 sets forth for each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the average amounts outstanding, the interest incurred on such amounts and the average rate earned or incurred for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. The table also sets forth the average rate earned on total interest-earning assets, the average rate paid on total interest-bearing liabilities, and the net yield on total average interest-earning assets for the same periods. Yield information does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of shareholders’ equity. Yields and interest income on tax-exempt investments have been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis using an effective tax rate of 22.98% for securities that are both federal and state tax exempt and an effective tax rate of 20.48% for federal tax-exempt securities. Non-accrual loans and the interest income that was recorded on non-accrual loans, if any, are included in the yield calculations for loans in all periods reported. The Company believes the presentation of net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis provides comparability of net interest income from both taxable and tax-exempt sources and facilitates comparability within the industry. Although the Company believes these non-GAAP financial measures enhance investors’ understanding of its business and performance, these non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered an alternative to GAAP. The reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures are presented below.

 

 
A-8

 

 

Table 1 - Average Balance Table

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Average Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield / Rate

 

 

Average Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield / Rate

 

 

Average Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield / Rate

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$908,682

 

 

 

41,186

 

 

 

4.53%

 

 

935,970

 

 

 

42,314

 

 

 

4.52%

 

 

834,517

 

 

 

43,301

 

 

 

5.19%
Investments - taxable

 

 

283,521

 

 

 

4,381

 

 

 

1.55%

 

 

132,468

 

 

 

2,299

 

 

 

1.74%

 

 

77,945

 

 

 

2,254

 

 

 

2.89%
Investments - nontaxable*

 

 

70,413

 

 

 

1,802

 

 

 

2.56%

 

 

75,609

 

 

 

3,634

 

 

 

4.81%

 

 

113,117

 

 

 

4,293

 

 

 

3.80%
Federal funds sold

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

91,166

 

 

 

204

 

 

 

0.22%

 

 

19,078

 

 

 

331

 

 

 

1.73%
Other

 

 

220,903

 

 

 

258

 

 

 

0.12%

 

 

36,551

 

 

 

127

 

 

 

0.35%

 

 

11,073

 

 

 

213

 

 

 

1.92%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

1,483,519

 

 

 

47,627

 

 

 

3.21%

 

 

1,271,764

 

 

 

48,578

 

 

 

3.82%

 

 

1,055,730

 

 

 

50,392

 

 

 

4.77%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

 

32,104

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,227

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

62,322

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

69,062

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58,986

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(9,528)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,433)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,499)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$1,568,417

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,366,962

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,144,444

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW, MMDA & savings deposits

 

$745,616

 

 

 

2,029

 

 

 

0.27%

 

 

584,177

 

 

 

1,962

 

 

 

0.34%

 

 

495,509

 

 

 

1,596

 

 

 

0.32%
Time deposits

 

 

105,127

 

 

 

752

 

 

 

0.72%

 

 

103,694

 

 

 

947

 

 

 

0.91%

 

 

105,458

 

 

 

909

 

 

 

0.86%
FHLB borrowings

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

60,820

 

 

 

357

 

 

 

0.59%

 

 

19,625

 

 

 

205

 

 

 

1.04%
Trust preferred securities

 

 

15,464

 

 

 

280

 

 

 

1.81%

 

 

15,478

 

 

 

370

 

 

 

2.39%

 

 

20,619

 

 

 

844

 

 

 

4.09%
Other

 

 

30,696

 

 

 

144

 

 

 

0.47%

 

 

29,019

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

0.69%

 

 

34,781

 

 

 

203

 

 

 

0.58%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

896,903

 

 

 

3,205

 

 

 

0.36%

 

 

793,188

 

 

 

3,836

 

 

 

0.48%

 

 

675,992

 

 

 

3,757

 

 

 

0.56%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

 

522,114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

427,148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

331,680

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

1,659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,339

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity

 

 

147,741

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

141,287

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

134,670

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholder's equity

 

$1,568,417

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,366,962

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,144,444

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

 

$44,422

 

 

 

2.85%

 

 

 

 

 

$44,742

 

 

 

3.34%

 

 

 

 

 

$46,635

 

 

 

4.21%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net yield on interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.99%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.52%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.42%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable equivalent adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

$448

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$791

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

 

 

$43,974

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$44,122

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$45,844

 

 

 

 

 

_______________ 

*Includes U.S. Government agency securities that are non-taxable for state income tax purposes of $12.7 million in 2021, $19.2 million in 2020 and $32.0 million in 2019. A tax rate of 2.50% was used to calculate the tax equivalent yields on these securities in 2021, 2020 and 2019. 

  

Changes in interest income and interest expense can result from variances in both volume and rates.  Table 2 describes the impact on the Company’s tax equivalent net interest income resulting from changes in average balances and average rates for the periods indicated.  The changes in net interest income due to both volume and rate changes have been allocated to volume and rate changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the changes in each.

 

 
A-9

 

 

Table 2 - Rate/Volume Variance Analysis-Tax Equivalent Basis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Changes in average volume

 

 

Changes in average rates

 

 

Total Increase (Decrease)

 

 

Changes in average volume

 

 

Changes in average rates

 

 

Total Increase (Decrease)

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans: Net of unearned income

 

$(1,235)

 

 

107

 

 

 

(1,128)

 

$4,925

 

 

 

(5,912)

 

 

(987)

Investments - taxable

 

 

3,489

 

 

 

(3,149)

 

 

340

 

 

 

1,261

 

 

 

(1,216)

 

 

45

 

Investments - nontaxable

 

 

(84)

 

 

(6)

 

 

(90)

 

 

(1,613)

 

 

954

 

 

 

(659)

Federal funds sold

 

 

(102)

 

 

(102)

 

 

(204)

 

 

706

 

 

 

(833)

 

 

(127)

Other

 

 

428

 

 

 

(297)

 

 

131

 

 

 

290

 

 

 

(376)

 

 

(86)

Total interest income

 

 

2,496

 

 

 

(3,447)

 

 

(951)

 

 

5,569

 

 

 

(7,383)

 

 

(1,814)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW, MMDA & savings deposits

 

 

491

 

 

 

(424)

 

 

67

 

 

 

292

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

366

 

Time deposits

 

 

12

 

 

 

(207)

 

 

(195)

 

 

(16)

 

 

54

 

 

 

38

 

FHLB borrowings

 

 

(179)

 

 

(178)

 

 

(357)

 

 

336

 

 

 

(184)

 

 

152

 

Trust preferred securities

 

 

-

 

 

 

(90)

 

 

(90)

 

 

(167)

 

 

(307)

 

 

(474)

Other

 

 

10

 

 

 

(66)

 

 

(56)

 

 

(37)

 

 

34

 

 

 

(3)

Total interest expense

 

 

334

 

 

 

(965)

 

 

(631)

 

 

408

 

 

 

(329)

 

 

79

 

Net interest income

 

$2,162

 

 

 

(2,482)

 

 

(320)

 

$5,161

 

 

 

(7,054)

 

 

(1,893)

 

Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis totaled $44.4 million in 2021, as compared to $44.7 million in 2020.  The net interest spread, which represents the rate earned on interest-earning assets less the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, was 2.85% in 2021, as compared to a net interest spread of 3.34% in 2020.  The net yield on interest-earning assets was 2.99% in 2021 and 3.52% in 2020.

 

Tax equivalent interest income decreased $1.0 million in 2021 primarily due to a $1.1 million decrease in interest income and fees on loans, which was primarily due to a decrease in interest income on loans resulting from a decrease in total loans, which was partially offset by an increase in fee income on PPP loans.  The yield on interest-earning assets was 3.21% in 2021, as compared to 3.82% in 2020. 

 

Interest expense decreased $631,000 in 2021, as compared to 2020.  The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to a decrease in rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities and a decrease in FHLB borrowings.  Average interest-bearing liabilities increased by $103.7 million to $896.9 million in 2021, as compared to $793.2 million in 2020.  The cost of funds decreased to 0.36% in 2021 from 0.48% in 2020. 

 

In 2020, net interest income on a tax equivalent basis was $44.7 million, as compared to $46.6 million in 2019.  The net interest spread was 3.34% in 2020, as compared to 4.21% in 2019.  The net yield on interest-earning assets was 3.52% in 2020, as compared to 4.42% in 2019.

 

Provision for Loan Losses.  Provisions for loan losses are charged to income in order to bring the total allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management of the Company based on factors such as management’s judgment as to losses within the Bank’s loan portfolio, including the valuation of impaired loans, loan growth, net charge-offs, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, delinquencies and management’s assessment of the quality of the loan portfolio and general economic climate.

 

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2021 was a recovery of $1.2 million, compared to a provision of $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.  The decrease in the provision for loan losses is primarily attributable to a decrease in reserves on loans with payment modifications made as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and a decrease in reserves due to a net decrease in the volume of loans in the general reserve pool.  Loans that were previously modified have been separated from the pools for the general reserve to recognize their heightened susceptibility to an environment still affected by the spread of the virus.  Separating the previously modified loans into their own pool allows for more specific factors to be considered for their reserve pool, that would not be applicable to loans in the pools for the general reserve.  There were no loans at December 31, 2021 with modifications as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.  By way of comparison, at December 31, 2020, the balance of loans with existing modifications as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic was $18.3 million.

 

 
A-10

 

 

The Bank continues to track all loans that were previously modified as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.  The loan balances associated with COVID-19 pandemic related modifications have been grouped into their own pool within the Bank’s ALLL model as management considers that they have a higher likelihood of risk, and a higher reserve rate has been applied to that pool.  Loans included in this pool totaled $88.7 million at December 31, 2021.  The full effects of stimulus in the current environment are still unknown, and additional losses in this pool of loans may be present but not as yet identified.  At December 31, 2020, the balance for all loans that were then currently modified or previously modified but returned to their original terms was $119.6 million.  The $30.9 million decrease from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021 in the balance of currently or previously modified loans that had returned to their original terms is primarily due to loans paid off during the year ended December 31, 2021.

 

Net recoveries for 2021 were $610,000.  Net charge-offs for 2020 and 2019 were $1.0 million and $628,000, respectively.  The ratio of net charge-offs/(recoveries) to average total loans was -0.07% in 2021, 0.11% in 2020 and 0.07% in 2019.  The allowance for loan losses was $9.4 million or 1.06% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2021.  For December 31, 2020 and 2019, the allowance for loan losses amounted to $9.9 million or 1.04% of total loans outstanding and $6.7 million, or 0.79% of total loans outstanding, respectively. 

 

Table 3 presents a summary of net charge off activity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018 and 2017.

 

Table 3 - Net Charge-off Analysis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs/(recoveries)

 

 

Net charge-offs/(recoveries)

as a percent of average loans outstanding

 

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

 

Years ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Real estate loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land development

 

$(121)

 

 

(31)

 

 

(24)

 

 

-0.13%

 

 

-0.03%

 

 

-0.03%

Single-family residential

 

 

(182)

 

 

(5)

 

 

(24)

 

 

-0.07%

 

 

0.00%

 

 

-0.01%

Single-family residential -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco de la Gente non-traditional

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.00%

 

 

0.00%

 

 

0.00%

Commercial

 

 

(52)

 

 

(63)

 

 

(48)

 

 

-0.02%

 

 

-0.02%

 

 

-0.02%

Multifamily and farmland

 

 

(3)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-0.01%

 

 

0.00%

 

 

0.00%

Total real estate loans

 

 

(358)

 

 

(99)

 

 

(96)

 

 

-0.05%

 

 

-0.01%

 

 

-0.01%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans not secured by real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

 

(493)

 

 

869

 

 

 

306

 

 

 

-0.54%

 

 

0.54%

 

 

0.31%

Farm loans

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.00%

 

 

0.00%

 

 

0.00%

Consumer loans (1)

 

 

241

 

 

 

254

 

 

 

418

 

 

 

3.75%

 

 

3.57%

 

 

4.95%

All other loans

 

 

-

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.00%

 

 

0.20%

 

 

0.00%

Total loans

 

$(610)

 

 

1,031

 

 

 

628

 

 

 

-0.07%

 

 

0.11%

 

 

0.07%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for (recovery of) loan losses

 

$(1,163)

 

 

4,259

 

 

 

863

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

for the period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses at end of period

 

$9,355

 

 

 

9,908

 

 

 

6,680

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans at end of period

 

$884,869

 

 

 

948,639

 

 

 

849,874

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans at end of period

 

$3,230

 

 

 

3,758

 

 

 

3,553

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

total loans outstanding at end of period

 

 

1.06%

 

 

1.04%

 

 

0.79%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans as a percent of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

total loans outstanding at end of period

 

 

0.37%

 

 

0.40%

 

 

0.42%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

_______________ 

(1) The loss ratio for consumer loans is elevated because overdraft charge-offs related to DDA and NOW accounts are reported in consumer loan charge-offs and recoveries. The net overdraft charge-offs are not considered material and are therefore not shown separately. 

 

Please see the section below entitled “Allowance for Loan Losses” for a more complete discussion of the Bank’s policy for addressing potential loan losses.

 

 
A-11

 

 

Non-Interest Income.  Non-interest income was $24.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.  The increase in non-interest income is primarily attributable to a $2.1 million increase in appraisal management fee income due to an increase in the volume of appraisals and a $1.7 million increase in miscellaneous non-interest income primarily due to an increase in debit card income resulting from increased debit card activity and an increase in income on Small Business Investment Company (“SBIC”) investments.  These increases in non-interest income were partially offset by a $2.6 million decrease in gains on sale of securities.

 

Non-interest income was $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $17.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.  The increase in non-interest income is primarily attributable to a $2.4 million increase in gains on sale of securities, a $2.3 million increase in appraisal management fee income due to an increase in the volume of appraisals and a $1.2 million increase in mortgage banking income due to increased mortgage loan volume, which were partially offset by a $1.0 million decrease in service charges and fees primarily due to service charge and fee concessions associated with the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

The Company periodically evaluates its investments for any impairment which would be deemed other-than-temporary. No investment impairments were deemed other-than-temporary in 2021, 2020 or 2019. 

 

Table 4 presents a summary of non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

 

Table 4 - Non-Interest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Service charges

 

$3,921

 

 

 

3,528

 

 

 

4,576

 

Other service charges and fees

 

 

803

 

 

 

742

 

 

 

714

 

Gain on sale of securities

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,639

 

 

 

226

 

Mortgage banking income

 

 

2,505

 

 

 

2,469

 

 

 

1,264

 

Insurance and brokerage commissions

 

 

1,035

 

 

 

897

 

 

 

877

 

Gain/(loss) on sale and write-down of other real estate

 

 

21

 

 

 

(47)

 

 

(11)

Visa debit card income

 

 

5,045

 

 

 

4,237

 

 

 

4,145

 

Appraisal management fee income

 

 

8,890

 

 

 

6,754

 

 

 

4,484

 

Miscellaneous

 

 

2,699

 

 

 

1,695

 

 

 

1,464

 

Total non-interest income

 

$24,919

 

 

 

22,914

 

 

 

17,739

 

 

Non-Interest Expense.  Non-interest expense was $51.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to $48.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020.  The increase in non-interest expense was primarily attributable to a $968,000 increase in salaries and employee benefits expense primarily due to an increase in incentive compensation and a $1.8 million increase in appraisal management fee expense due to an increase in the volume of appraisals.

 

Non-interest expense was $48.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $45.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.  The increase in non-interest expense was primarily attributable to a $1.9 million increase in appraisal management fee expense due to an increase in the volume of appraisals and a $570,000 increase in other non-interest expense.  The increase in other non-interest expense is primarily due to a $1.1 million FHLB borrowings prepayment penalty in December 2020. 

 

Table 5 presents a summary of non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

 

 
A-12

 

 

Table 5 - Non-Interest Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$24,506

 

 

 

23,538

 

 

 

23,238

 

Occupancy expense

 

 

7,858

 

 

 

7,933

 

 

 

7,364

 

Office supplies

 

 

374

 

 

 

528

 

 

 

467

 

FDIC deposit insurance

 

 

415

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

119

 

Visa debit card expense

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

1,012

 

 

 

890

 

Professional services

 

 

489

 

 

 

502

 

 

 

517

 

Postage

 

 

230

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

294

 

Telephone

 

 

730

 

 

 

794

 

 

 

802

 

Director fees and expense

 

 

381

 

 

 

360

 

 

 

394

 

Advertising

 

 

536

 

 

 

787

 

 

 

1,021

 

Consulting fees

 

 

1,337

 

 

 

1,078

 

 

 

972

 

Taxes and licenses

 

 

254

 

 

 

295

 

 

 

287

 

Foreclosure/OREO expense

 

 

5

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

28

 

Internet banking expense

 

 

768

 

 

 

729

 

 

 

681

 

FHLB advance prepayment penalty

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,100

 

 

 

-

 

Appraisal management fee expense

 

 

7,112

 

 

 

5,274

 

 

 

3,421

 

Other operating expense

 

 

5,132

 

 

 

4,528

 

 

 

5,022

 

Total non-interest expense

 

$51,127

 

 

 

48,931

 

 

 

45,517

 

 

Income Taxes.The Company reported income tax expense of $3.8 million, $2.5 million and $3.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Company’s effective tax rates were 20.05%, 17.98% and 18.23% in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate in 2021 was primarily due to a reduction in non-taxable investments combined with an increase in earnings before income taxes.

 

Liquidity.The objectives of the Company’s liquidity policy are to provide for the availability of adequate funds to meet the needs of loan demand, deposit withdrawals, maturing liabilities and to satisfy regulatory requirements. Both deposit and loan customer cash needs can fluctuate significantly depending upon business cycles, economic conditions and yields and returns available from alternative investment opportunities. In addition, the Company’s liquidity is affected by off-balance sheet commitments to lend in the form of unfunded commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. As of December 31, 2021, such unfunded commitments to extend credit were $304.3 million, while commitments in the form of standby letters of credit totaled $4.9 million.

 

The Company uses several funding sources to meet its liquidity requirements. The primary funding source is core deposits, which includes demand deposits, savings accounts and non-brokered certificates of deposits of denominations less than $250,000. The Company considers these to be a stable portion of the Company’s liability mix and the result of on-going consumer and commercial banking relationships. As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s core deposits totaled $1.4 billion, or 98% of total deposits.

 

The Bank’s five largest deposit relationships, including securities sold under agreements to repurchase, amounted to $118.9 million and $122.0 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These balances represent 8.20% of total deposits and securities sold under agreements to repurchase combined at December 31, 2021, as compared to 9.78% of total deposits and securities sold under agreements to repurchase combined at December 31, 2020. Total deposits for the five largest relationships referenced above amounted to $100.5 million, or 7.12% of total deposits at December 31, 2021, as compared to $108.9 million, or 8.92% of total deposits at December 31, 2020. Total securities sold under agreements to repurchase for the five largest relationships referenced above amounted to $18.3 million, or 49.44% of total securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2021, as compared to $13.1 million, or 49.86% of total securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2020.

 

The other sources of funding for the Company are through large denomination certificates of deposit, including brokered deposits, federal funds purchased, securities under agreement to repurchase and FHLB borrowings. The Bank is also able to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) on a short-term basis. The Bank’s policies include the ability to access wholesale funding up to 40% of total assets. The Bank’s wholesale funding includes FHLB borrowings, FRB borrowings, brokered deposits and internet certificates of deposit. The Bank’s ratio of wholesale funding to total assets was 0.68% as of December 31, 2021.

 

The Bank has a line of credit with the FHLB equal to 20% of the Bank’s total assets, with no balances outstanding at December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2021, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $137.4 million. The remaining availability under the line of credit with the FHLB was $90.9 million

 

 
A-13

 

 

at December 31, 2021. The Bank had no borrowings from the FRB at December 31, 2021. FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not pledged to the FHLB. At December 31, 2021, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral to the FRB totaled approximately $475.2 million. Availability under the line of credit with the FRB was $346.2 million at December 31, 2021.

 

The Bank also had the ability to borrow up to $110.5 million for the purchase of overnight federal funds from five correspondent financial institutions as of December 31, 2021.

 

The liquidity ratio for the Bank, which is defined as net cash, interest-bearing deposits with banks, federal funds sold and certain investment securities, as a percentage of net deposits and short-term liabilities was 43.28%, 28.12% and 18.20% at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The minimum required liquidity ratio as defined in the Bank’s Asset/Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management Policy for on balance sheet liquidity was 10% at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

 

As disclosed in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included elsewhere herein, net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $26.9 million during 2021. Net cash used in investing activities was $106.1 million during 2021 and net cash provided by financing activities was $195.2 million during 2021.

 

Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management. The objective of the Company’s Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk strategies is to identify and manage the sensitivity of net interest income to changing interest rates and to minimize the interest rate risk between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at various maturities. This is done in conjunction with the need to maintain adequate liquidity and the overall goal of maximizing net interest income. Table 6 presents an interest rate sensitivity analysis for the interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2021.

 

Table 6 - Interest Sensitivity Analysis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Immediate

 

 

1-3 months

 

 

4-12 months

 

 

Total Within One Year

 

 

Over One Year & Non-sensitive

 

 

Total

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$202,274

 

 

 

5,036

 

 

 

21,568

 

 

 

228,878

 

 

 

655,991

 

 

 

884,869

 

Mortgage loans held for  sale

 

 

3,637

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,637

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,637

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,937

 

 

 

1,143

 

 

 

8,080

 

 

 

398,469

 

 

 

406,549

 

Interest-bearing deposit accounts

 

 

232,788

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

232,788

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

232,788

 

Other interest-earning assets

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,619

 

 

 

4,619

 

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

438,699

 

 

 

11,973

 

 

 

22,711

 

 

 

473,383

 

 

 

1,059,079

 

 

 

1,532,462

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW, savings, and money market deposits

 

 

797,179

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

797,179

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

797,179

 

Time deposits

 

 

9,207

 

 

 

13,200

 

 

 

29,208

 

 

 

51,615

 

 

 

49,635

 

 

 

101,250

 

Securities sold under

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

agreement to repurchase

 

 

37,094

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

37,094

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

37,094

 

Trust preferred securities

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,464

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,464

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,464

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

843,480

 

 

 

28,664

 

 

 

29,208

 

 

 

901,352

 

 

 

49,635

 

 

 

950,987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-sensitive gap

 

$(404,781)

 

 

(16,691)

 

 

(6,497)

 

 

(427,969)

 

 

1,009,444

 

 

 

581,475

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative interest-sensitive gap

 

$(404,781)

 

 

(421,472)

 

 

(427,969)

 

 

(427,969)

 

 

581,475

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets as a percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

52.01%

 

 

41.77%

 

 

77.76%

 

 

52.52%

 

 

2133.73%

 

 

 

 

 

The Company manages its exposure to fluctuations in interest rates through policies established by the Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”) of the Bank.  The ALCO meets quarterly and has the responsibility for approving asset/liability management policies, formulating and implementing strategies to improve balance sheet positioning and/or earnings and reviewing the interest rate sensitivity of the Company.  ALCO seeks to minimize interest rate risk between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities by attempting to minimize wide fluctuations in net interest income due to interest rate movements.  The ability to control these fluctuations has a direct impact on the profitability of the Company. Management monitors this activity on a regular basis through analysis of its portfolios to determine the difference between rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive liabilities.

 

The Company’s rate sensitive assets are those earning interest at variable rates and those with contractual maturities within one year.  Rate sensitive assets therefore include both loans and available for sale (“AFS”) securities.  Rate sensitive liabilities include interest-bearing checking accounts, money market deposit accounts, savings accounts, time deposits and borrowed funds.  At December 31, 2021, rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive liabilities totaled $1.5 billion and $951.0 million, respectively.

 

 
A-14

 

 

Included in the rate sensitive assets are $199.9 million in variable rate loans indexed to prime rate subject to immediate repricing upon changes by the Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”).  The Bank utilizes interest rate floors on certain variable rate loans to protect against further downward movements in the prime rate.  At December 31, 2021, the Bank had $119.3 million in loans with interest rate floors.  The floors were in effect on $96.9 million of these loans pursuant to the terms of the promissory notes on these loans. The weighted average rate on these loans is 0.77% higher than the indexed rate on the promissory notes without interest rate floors.

 

An analysis of the Company’s financial condition and growth can be made by examining the changes and trends in interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  A discussion of these changes and trends follows.

 

Analysis of Financial Condition

Investment Securities.  The composition of the investment securities portfolio reflects the Company’s investment strategy of maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity while providing a relatively stable source of income.  The investment portfolio also provides a balance to interest rate risk and credit risk in other categories of the balance sheet while providing a vehicle for the investment of available funds, furnishing liquidity, and supplying securities to pledge as required collateral for certain deposits.

 

All of the Company’s investment securities are held in the available for sale (“AFS”) category. At December 31, 2021 the market value of AFS securities totaled $406.5 million, as compared to $245.2 million and $195.7 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  Table 7 presents the fair value of the AFS securities held at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

 

Table 7 - Summary of Investment Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U. S. Treasuries

 

$7,889

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

U. S. Government sponsored enterprises

 

 

14,267

 

 

 

7,507

 

 

 

28,397

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

217,152

 

 

 

145,314

 

 

 

78,956

 

State and political subdivisions

 

 

167,241

 

 

 

92,428

 

 

 

88,143

 

Trust preferred securities

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

250

 

Total securities

 

$406,549

 

 

 

245,249

 

 

 

195,746

 

 

The Company’s investment portfolio consists of U.S. Government sponsored enterprise securities, municipal securities, U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. Government sponsored enterprise mortgage-backed securities, trust preferred securities and equity securities.  AFS securities averaged $349.6 million in 2021, $200.8 million in 2020 and $185.3 million in 2019.  Table 8 presents the book value of AFS securities held by the Company by maturity category at December 31, 2021. Yield information does not give effect to changes in fair value that are reflected as a component of shareholders’ equity.  Yields are calculated on a tax equivalent basis.  Yields and interest income on tax-exempt investments have been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis using an effective tax rate of 22.98% for securities that are both federal and state tax exempt and an effective tax rate of 20.48% for federal tax-exempt securities. 

 

Table 8 - Maturity Distribution and Weighted Average Yield on Investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

After One Year

 

 

After 5 Years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One Year or Less

 

 

Through 5 Years

 

 

Through 10 Years

 

 

After 10 Years

 

 

Totals

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

 

Yield

 

 

Amount

 

 

Yield

 

 

Amount

 

 

Yield

 

 

Amount

 

 

Yield

 

 

Amount

 

 

Yield

 

Book value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury

 

$-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,889

 

 

 

1.20%

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,889

 

 

 

1.20%

U.S. Government

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sponsored enterprises

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,173

 

 

 

3.02%

 

 

8,690

 

 

 

1.43%

 

 

2,404

 

 

 

1.95%

 

 

14,267

 

 

 

1.88%

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,391

 

 

 

0.49%

 

 

31,757

 

 

 

1.87%

 

 

184,004

 

 

 

1.38%

 

 

217,152

 

 

 

1.43%

State and political subdivisions

 

 

8,081

 

 

 

2.92%

 

 

9,101

 

 

 

1.99%

 

 

113,253

 

 

 

2.27%

 

 

36,806

 

 

 

2.75%

 

 

167,241

 

 

 

2.33%

Total securities

 

$8,081

 

 

 

2.92%

 

 

13,665

 

 

 

1.91%

 

 

161,589

 

 

 

1.82%

 

 

223,214

 

 

 

2.04%

 

 

406,549

 

 

 

1.77%

 

Loans. The loan portfolio is the largest category of the Company’s earning assets and is comprised of commercial loans, real estate mortgage loans, real estate construction loans and consumer loans. The Bank makes loans and extensions of credit primarily within the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina, which encompasses Catawba, Alexander, Iredell and Lincoln counties and also in Mecklenburg, Wake, Rowan and Forsyth counties in North Carolina.

 

 
A-15

 

 

Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of the loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate, which is dependent upon the real estate market.  Real estate mortgage loans include both commercial and residential mortgage loans.  At December 31, 2021, the Bank had $101.5 million in residential mortgage loans, $85.6 million in home equity loans and $494.4 million in commercial mortgage loans, which include $381.0 million secured by commercial property and $113.4 million secured by residential property. Residential mortgage loans include $23.1 million in non-traditional mortgage loans from the former Banco division of the Bank.  All residential mortgage loans are originated as fully amortizing loans, with no negative amortization.

 

At December 31, 2021, the Bank had $95.8 million in construction and land development loans.  Table 9 presents a breakout of these loans.

 

Table 9 - Construction and Land Development Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Number of

Loans

 

 

Balance

Outstanding

 

 

Non-accrual

Balance

 

Land acquisition and development - commercial purposes

 

 

33

 

 

$7,579

 

 

 

-

 

Land acquisition and development - residential purposes

 

 

145

 

 

 

18,838

 

 

 

-

 

1 to 4 family residential construction

 

 

102

 

 

 

20,937

 

 

 

-

 

Commercial construction

 

 

43

 

 

 

48,406

 

 

 

-

 

Total acquisition, development and construction

 

 

323

 

 

$95,760

 

 

 

-

 

 

The mortgage loans originated in the traditional banking offices are generally 15 to 30-year fixed rate loans with attributes that prevent the loans from being sellable in the secondary market.  These factors may include higher loan-to-value ratio, limited documentation on income, non-conforming appraisal or non-conforming property type.  These loans are generally made to existing Bank customers and have been originated throughout the Bank’s seven county service area, with no geographic concentration. 

 

The composition of the Bank’s loan portfolio at December 31 is presented in Table 10.

 

Table 10 - Loan Portfolio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Amount

 

 

% of Loans

 

 

Amount

 

 

% of Loans

 

 

Amount

 

 

% of Loans

 

Real estate loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land development

 

$95,760

 

 

 

10.82%

 

 

94,124

 

 

 

9.92%

 

 

92,596

 

 

 

10.90%

Single-family residential

 

 

266,111

 

 

 

30.07%

 

 

272,325

 

 

 

28.71%

 

 

269,475

 

 

 

31.71%

Single-family residential- Banco de la

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gente non-traditional

 

 

23,147

 

 

 

2.62%

 

 

26,883

 

 

 

2.83%

 

 

30,793

 

 

 

3.62%

Commercial

 

 

337,841

 

 

 

38.18%

 

 

332,971

 

 

 

35.10%

 

 

291,255

 

 

 

34.27%

Multifamily and farmland

 

 

58,366

 

 

 

6.60%

 

 

48,880

 

 

 

5.15%

 

 

48,090

 

 

 

5.66%

Total real estate loans

 

 

781,225

 

 

 

88.29%

 

 

775,183

 

 

 

81.72%

 

 

732,209

 

 

 

86.16%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans not secured by real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

 

91,172

 

 

 

10.30%

 

 

161,740

 

 

 

17.05%

 

 

100,263

 

 

 

11.80%

Farm loans

 

 

796

 

 

 

0.09%

 

 

855

 

 

 

0.09%

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

0.12%

Consumer loans

 

 

6,436

 

 

 

0.73%

 

 

7,113

 

 

 

0.75%

 

 

8,432

 

 

 

0.99%

All other loans

 

 

5,240

 

 

 

0.59%

 

 

3,748

 

 

 

0.40%

 

 

7,937

 

 

 

0.93%

Total loans

 

 

884,869

 

 

 

100.00%

 

 

948,639

 

 

 

100.00%

 

 

849,874

 

 

 

100.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Allowance for loan losses

 

 

9,355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,908

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,680

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loans

 

$875,514

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

938,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

843,194

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021, gross loans outstanding were $884.9 million, as compared to $948.6 million at December 31, 2020.  Average loans represented 61% and 74% of average total earning assets for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  The Bank had $3.6 million and $9.1 million in mortgage loans held for sale as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

 

Past due TDR loans and non-accrual TDR loans totaled $2.2 million and $3.8 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.  The terms of these loans have been renegotiated to provide a concession to original terms, including a reduction in principal or interest as a result of the deteriorating financial position of the borrower.  There were no performing loans classified as TDR loans at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

 

 
A-16

 

   

On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed the CARES Act, which established a $2 trillion economic stimulus package, including cash payments to individuals, supplemental unemployment insurance benefits and a $349 billion PPP loan program administered through the SBA. Under the PPP, small businesses, sole proprietorships, independent contractors and self-employed individuals were able to apply for loans from existing SBA lenders and other approved regulated lenders, subject to certain limitations and eligibility criteria. A second round of PPP funding, provided $320 billion additional funding for the PPP.  The Bank participated as a lender in the PPP.  Total PPP loans originated as of December 31, 2021 amounted to $128.1 million.  The outstanding balance of PPP loans was $18.0 million and $75.8 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.  As of December 31, 2021, the Bank has received $5.7 million in fees from the SBA for PPP loans originated.  The Bank recognized $3.4 million and $1.4 million PPP loan fee income for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 respectively.  PPP loan fee income is reported in interest and fees on loans in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings on page A-31.

 

There were no loans at December 31, 2021 with modifications as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. By way of comparison, at December 31, 2020, the balance of loans with existing modifications as a result of the COVID- 19 pandemic was $18.3 million. The Bank continues to track all loans that were previously modified as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The loan balances associated with those loans that were previously modified as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic have been grouped into their own pool within the Bank’s ALLL model as management considers that they have a higher risk profile, and a higher reserve rate has been applied to this pool. Loans included in this pool totaled $88.7 million at December 31, 2021. The full effects of stimulus in the current environment are still unknown, and additional losses in this pool of loans may be present but not as yet identified. At December 31, 2020, the balance for all loans that were then currently modified or previously modified but returned to their original terms was $119.6 million. The $30.9 million decrease from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021 in the balance of currently or previously modified loans that had returned to their original terms is primarily due to loans paid off during the year ended December 31, 2021. Loan payment modifications associated with the COVID-19 pandemic are not classified as TDR due to Section 4013 of the CARES Act, which provides that a qualified loan modification is exempt by law from classification as a TDR pursuant to GAAP. 

 

Table 11 identifies the maturities of all loans as of December 31, 2021 and addresses the sensitivity of these loans to changes in interest rates. 

    

Table 11 - Maturity and Repricing Data for Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Within one year or less

 

 

After one year through five years

 

 

After five years through 15 years

 

 

After fifteen years

 

 

Total loans

 

Real estate loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Construction and land development

 

$31,151

 

 

 

15,645

 

 

 

39,751

 

 

 

9,213

 

 

 

95,760

 

    Single-family residential

 

 

112,851

 

 

 

57,253

 

 

 

54,733

 

 

 

41,274

 

 

 

266,111

 

    Single-family residential- Banco de la Gente

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    stated income

 

 

10,799

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,409

 

 

 

4,939

 

 

 

23,147

 

    Commercial

 

 

63,464

 

 

 

149,698

 

 

 

120,288

 

 

 

4,391

 

 

 

337,841

 

    Multifamily and farmland

 

 

4,551

 

 

 

18,482

 

 

 

15,821

 

 

 

19,512

 

 

 

58,366

 

          Total real estate loans

 

 

222,816

 

 

 

241,078

 

 

 

238,002

 

 

 

79,329

 

 

 

781,225

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans not secured by real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

 

31,132

 

 

 

41,672

 

 

 

15,435

 

 

 

2,933

 

 

 

91,172

 

Farm loans

 

 

400

 

 

 

396

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

796

 

Consumer loans

 

 

3,089

 

 

 

2,727

 

 

 

620

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,436

 

All other loans

 

 

897

 

 

 

1,520

 

 

 

2,823

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,240

 

Total loans

 

$258,334

 

 

 

287,393

 

 

 

256,880

 

 

 

82,262

 

 

 

884,869

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed rate loans

 

$29,456

 

 

 

275,655

 

 

 

249,285

 

 

 

82,262

 

 

 

636,658

 

Total floating rate loans

 

 

228,878

 

 

 

11,738

 

 

 

7,595

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

248,211

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

$258,334

 

 

 

287,393

 

 

 

256,880

 

 

 

82,262

 

 

 

884,869

 

 

In the normal course of business, there are various commitments outstanding to extend credit that are not reflected in the financial statements. At December 31, 2021, outstanding loan commitments totaled $304.3 million.  Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the commitment contract.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since many of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon,

 

 
A-17

 

 

the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  Additional information regarding commitments is provided below in the section entitled “Commitments and Contingencies” and in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses (ALLL).  The allowance for loan losses reflects management’s assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio.  The Bank periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance that management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses.  In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio are reviewed. Other factors considered are:

 

 

·

the Bank’s loan loss experience;

 

·

the amount of past due and non-performing loans;

 

·

specific known risks;

 

·

the status and amount of other past due and non-performing assets;

 

·

underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans;

 

·

current and anticipated economic conditions (including those arising out of the COVID-19 pandemic); and

 

·

other factors which management believes affect the allowance for potential credit losses.

 

Management uses several measures to assess and monitor the credit risks in the loan portfolio, including a loan grading system that begins upon loan origination and continues until the loan is collected or collectability becomes doubtful. Upon loan origination, the Bank’s originating loan officer evaluates the quality of the loan and assigns one of eight risk grades. The loan officer monitors the loan’s performance and credit quality and makes changes to the credit grade as conditions warrant. When originated or renewed, all loans over a certain dollar amount receive in-depth reviews and risk assessments by the Bank’s Credit Administration. Before making any changes in these risk grades, management considers assessments as determined by the third-party credit review firm (as described below), regulatory examiners and the Bank’s Credit Administration. Any issues regarding the risk assessments are addressed by the Bank’s senior credit administrators and factored into management’s decision to originate or renew the loan. The Bank Board reviews, on a monthly basis, an analysis of the Bank’s reserves relative to the range of reserves estimated by the Bank’s Credit Administration.

 

As an additional measure, the Bank engages an independent third party to review the underwriting, documentation and risk grading analyses. This independent third party reviews and evaluates loan relationships greater than or equal to $1.5 million as well as a periodic sample of commercial relationships with exposures below $1.5 million, excluding loans in default, and loans in process of litigation or liquidation.  The third party’s evaluation and report is shared with management and the Board of Directors of the Bank (“Bank Board”).

 

Management considers certain commercial loans with weak credit risk grades to be individually impaired and measures such impairment based upon available cash flows and the value of the collateral. Allowance or reserve levels are estimated for all other graded loans in the portfolio based on their assigned credit risk grade, type of loan and other matters related to credit risk.

 

Management uses the information developed from the procedures described above in evaluating and grading the loan portfolio. This continual grading process is used to monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio and to assist management in estimating the allowance.  The provision for loan losses charged or credited to earnings is based upon management’s judgment of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance at a level appropriate to absorb probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date.  The amount each quarter is dependent upon many factors, including growth and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, net charge-offs, delinquencies, management’s assessment of loan portfolio quality, the value of collateral, and other macro-economic factors and trends.  The evaluation of these factors is performed quarterly by management through an analysis of the appropriateness of the allowance.

 

The allowance is comprised of three components: specific reserves, general reserves and unallocated reserves.  After a loan has been identified as impaired, management measures impairment.  When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is recorded as a specific reserve. These specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on management’s current evaluation of the Bank’s loss exposure for each credit, given the appraised value of any underlying collateral. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the general allowance calculations as described below.

 

The general allowance reflects reserves established under GAAP for collective loan impairment.  These reserves are based upon historical net charge-offs using the greater of the last two, three, four, or five years’ loss experience.  This charge-off experience may be adjusted to reflect the effects of current conditions. The Bank considers information derived from its loan risk ratings and external data related to industry and general economic trends in establishing reserves. Qualitative factors applied in the Bank’s ALLL model include the impact to the

 

 
A-18

 

 

economy from the COVID-19 pandemic and reserves on loans with payment modifications as a result of the COVID- 19 pandemic. At December 31, 2021, there were no loans with existing modifications as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. At December 31, 2020, the balance of loans with existing modifications as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic was $18.3 million. At December 31, 2021, the Bank continues to maintain a pool of loans that were previously modified as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The loan balances associated with those loans that were previously modified as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic related modifications have been grouped into their own pool within the Bank’s ALLL model as management considers that they have a higher risk profile, and a higher reserve rate has been applied to this pool. Loans included in this pool totaled $88.7 million and $119.6 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.pool totaled $88.7 million and $119.6 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. 

 

The unallocated allowance is determined through management’s assessment of probable losses that are in the portfolio but are not adequately captured by the other two components of the allowance, including consideration of current economic and business conditions and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also reflects management’s acknowledgement of the imprecision and subjectivity that underlie the modeling of credit risk.  Due to the subjectivity involved in determining the overall allowance, including the unallocated portion, the unallocated portion may fluctuate from period to period based on management’s evaluation of the factors affecting the assumptions used in calculating the allowance.

 

There were no significant changes in the estimation methods or fundamental assumptions used in the evaluation of the allowance for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. Revisions, estimates and assumptions may be made in any period in which the supporting factors indicate that loss levels may vary from the previous estimates.

 

Effective December 31, 2012, certain mortgage loans from the former Banco division of the Bank were analyzed separately from other single-family residential loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio.  These loans are first mortgage loans made to the Latino market, primarily in Mecklenburg, North Carolina and surrounding counties.  These loans are non-traditional mortgages in that the customer normally did not have a credit history, so all credit information was accumulated by the loan officers. 

 

PPP loans are excluded from the allowance as PPP loans are 100 percent guaranteed by the SBA. 

 

Various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance. Such agencies may require adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examinations.  Management believes it has established the allowance for credit losses pursuant to GAAP, and has taken into account the views of its regulators and the current economic environment.  Management considers the allowance adequate to cover the estimated losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio as of the date of the financial statements.  Although management uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the Company.

 

Table 12 presents the percentage of loans assigned to each risk grade at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

Table 12 - Loan Risk Grade Analysis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Loans

 

 

 

By Risk Grade

 

Risk Grade

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Risk Grade 1 (Excellent Quality)

 

 

0.78%

 

 

1.18%

Risk Grade 2 (High Quality)

 

 

19.12%

 

 

20.45%

Risk Grade 3 (Good Quality)

 

 

70.41%

 

 

65.70%

Risk Grade 4 (Management Attention)

 

 

7.70%

 

 

9.75%

Risk Grade 5 (Watch)

 

 

1.23%

 

 

2.20%

Risk Grade 6 (Substandard)

 

 

0.76%

 

 

0.72%

Risk Grade 7 (Doubtful)

 

 

0.00%

 

 

0.00%

Risk Grade 8 (Loss)

 

 

0.00%

 

 

0.00%

 

 
A-19

 

 

Table 13 presents an analysis of the allowance for loan losses, including charge-off activity.

 

Table 13 - Analysis of Allowance for Loan Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Allowance for loan losses at beginning

 

$9,908

 

 

$6,680

 

 

$6,445

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land development

 

 

-

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

21

 

Single-family residential

 

 

89

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

42

 

Single-family residential -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco de la Gente non-traditional

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Commercial

 

 

-

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

1

 

Multifamily and farmland

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total real estate loans

 

 

89

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

64

 

Loans not secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

 

293

 

 

 

903

 

 

 

389

 

Farm loans

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Consumer loans

 

 

380

 

 

 

434

 

 

 

623

 

Total chargeoffs

 

 

762

 

 

 

1,414

 

 

 

1,076

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recoveries of losses previously charged off:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land development

 

 

121

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

45

 

Single-family residential

 

 

271

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

66

 

Single-family residential -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco de la Gente non-traditional

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Commercial

 

 

52

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

49

 

Multifamily and farmland

 

 

3

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total real estate loans

 

 

447

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

160

 

Loans not secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

 

786

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

83

 

Farm loans

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Consumer loans

 

 

139

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

205

 

All other loans

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total recoveries

 

 

1,372

 

 

 

383

 

 

 

448

 

Net loans charged off

 

 

610

 

 

 

(1,031)

 

 

(628)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

(1,163)

 

 

4,259

 

 

 

863

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses at end of year

 

$9,355

 

 

 

9,908

 

 

 

6,680

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans charged off net of recoveries, as

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

a percent of average loans outstanding

 

 

0.07%

 

 

-0.11%

 

 

-0.07%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses as a percent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of total loans outstanding at end of year

 

 

1.06%

 

 

1.04%

 

 

0.79%

 

Non-performing Assets.  Non-performing assets were $3.2 million or 0.20% of total assets at December 31, 2021, compared to $3.9 million or 0.27% of total assets at December 31, 2020.  Non-performing assets include $3.2 million in commercial and residential mortgage loans and $51,000 in other loans at December 31, 2021, compared to $3.5 million in commercial and residential mortgage loans, $226,000 in other loans, and  $128,000 in other real estate owned at December 31, 2020.  The Bank had no other real estate owned at December 31, 2021 and $128,000 of other real estate owned at December 31, 2020.  The Bank had no repossessed assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

At December 31, 2021, the Bank had non-performing loans, defined as non-accrual and accruing loans past due more than 90 days, of $3.2 million or 0.38% of total loans.  Non-performing loans at December 31, 2020 were $3.8 million or 0.40% of total loans. 

 

Management continually monitors the loan portfolio to ensure that all loans potentially having a material adverse impact on future operating results, liquidity or capital resources have been classified as non-performing.  Should economic conditions deteriorate, the inability of distressed customers to service their existing debt could cause

 

 
A-20

 

 

higher levels of non-performing loans.  Management expects the future level of non-accrual loans to continue to be in-line with the level of non-accrual loans at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

It is the general policy of the Bank to stop accruing interest income when a loan is placed on non-accrual status and any interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current income.  Generally, a loan is placed on non-accrual status when it is over 90 days past due and there is reasonable doubt that all principal will be collected.

 

A summary of non-performing assets at December 31 for each of the years presented is shown in Table 14.

 

Table 14 - Non-performing Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Non-accrual loans

 

$3,230

 

 

 

3,758

 

 

 

3,553

 

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total non-performing loans

 

 

3,230

 

 

 

3,758

 

 

 

3,553

 

All other real estate owned

 

 

-

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

-

 

Repossessed assets

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total non-performing assets

 

$3,230

 

 

 

3,886

 

 

 

3,553

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TDR loans not included in above,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(not 90 days past due or on nonaccrual)

 

$1,200

 

 

 

1,644

 

 

 

2,533

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a percent of total loans at year end

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans

 

 

0.38%

 

 

0.40%

 

 

0.42%

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

 

 

0.00%

 

 

0.00%

 

 

0.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

as a percent of total assets at year end

 

 

0.20%

 

 

0.27%

 

 

0.31%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-performing loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 as a percent of total loans at year-end

 

 

0.38%

 

 

0.40%

 

 

0.42%

 

Deposits. The Bank primarily uses deposits to fund its loan and investment portfolios. The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts to individuals and businesses. Deposit accounts include checking, savings, money market and time deposits. As of December 31, 2021, total deposits were $1.4 billion, as compared to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2020.  Core deposits, which include noninterest-bearing demand deposits, NOW, MMDA, savings and non-brokered certificates of deposit of denominations less than $250,000, were $1.4 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $1.2 billion at December 31, 2020

 

Time deposits in amounts of $250,000 or more totaled $26.3 million and $25.8 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Bank had approximately $11.1 million and $12.4 million, respectively, in time deposits purchased through third party brokers, including certificates of deposit participated through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) on behalf of local customers.  CDARS balances totaled $3.0 million and $4.3 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  The weighted average rate of brokered deposits as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 was 1.59% and 1.43%, respectively.

 

Table 15 is a summary of the maturity distribution of time deposits in amounts of $250,000 or more as of December 31, 2021.

 

Table 15 - Maturities of Time Deposits of $250,000 or greater

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2021

 

Three months or less

 

$5,101

 

Over three months through six months

 

 

2,906

 

Over six months through twelve months

 

 

909

 

Over twelve months

 

 

17,417

 

Total

 

$26,333

 

 

Borrowed Funds. The Bank has access to various short-term borrowings, including the purchase of federal funds and borrowing arrangements from the FHLB and other financial institutions.  There were no FHLB borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020.  Average FHLB borrowings for 2021 and 2020 were zero and $60.8 million, respectively.  Additional information regarding FHLB borrowings is provided in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 
A-21

 

 

The Bank had no borrowings from the FRB at December 31, 2021 and 2020.  FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not pledged to the FHLB.  At December 31, 2021, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $475.2 million.

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase were $37.1 million at December 31, 2021, compared to $26.2 million at December 31, 2020. 

 

Junior subordinated debentures were $15.5 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. 

 

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.  The Company’s contractual obligations and other commitments as of December 31, 2021 are summarized in Table 16 below.  The Company’s contractual obligations include junior subordinated debentures, as well as certain payments under current lease agreements.  Other commitments include commitments to extend credit.  Because not all of these commitments to extend credit will be drawn upon, the actual cash requirements are likely to be significantly less than the amounts reported for other commitments below.

 

Table 16 - Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Within One Year

 

 

One to Three Years

 

 

Three to Five Years

 

 

Five Years or More

 

 

Total

 

Contractual Cash Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

$-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,464

 

 

 

15,464

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

740

 

 

 

1,437

 

 

 

1,153

 

 

 

1,838

 

 

 

5,168

 

Total

 

$740

 

 

 

1,437

 

 

 

1,153

 

 

 

17,302

 

 

 

20,632

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

$113,921

 

 

 

31,360

 

 

 

14,301

 

 

 

144,676

 

 

 

304,258

 

Standby letters of credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and financial guarantees written

 

 

4,892

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,892

 

SBIC Investments

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,204

 

 

 

2,204

 

Income tax credits

 

 

18

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

101

 

Total

 

$118,831

 

 

 

31,393

 

 

 

14,313

 

 

 

146,918

 

 

 

311,455

 

 

The Company enters into derivative contracts to manage various financial risks.  A derivative is a financial instrument that derives its cash flows, and therefore its value, by reference to an underlying instrument, index or referenced interest rate.  Derivative contracts are carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheet with the fair value representing the net present value of expected future cash receipts or payments based on market interest rates as of the balance sheet date.  Derivative contracts are written in amounts referred to as notional amounts, which only provide the basis for calculating payments between counterparties and are not a measure of financial risk.  Therefore, the derivative amounts recorded on the balance sheet do not represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid under these contracts.  Further discussions of derivative instruments are included above in the section entitled “Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management” beginning on page A-14 and in Notes 1, 11 and 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  There were no derivatives at December 31, 2021 or 2020.

 

Capital Resources.  Shareholders’ equity was $142.4 million, or 8.77% of total assets, at December 31, 2021, compared to $139.9 million, or 9.88% of total assets, at December 31, 2020. 

 

Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total average assets is one measure used to determine capital strength. Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage of total average assets was 9.42%, 9.89% and 11.61% for 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The return on average shareholders’ equity was 10.24% at December 31, 2021, as compared to 8.04% and 10.45% at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.  Total cash dividends paid on common stock were $3.8 million, $4.4 million and $3.9 million during 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

 

The Board of Directors, at its discretion, can issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock.  The Board is authorized to determine the number of shares, voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights.

 

In 2020, the Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, whereby up to $3 million was allocated to repurchase the Company’s common stock.  Any purchases under the Company’s stock repurchase program may be made periodically as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements in the open market or in privately-negotiated transactions. The timing and amount of any repurchase of shares will be determined by the

 

 
A-22

 

 

Company’s management, based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors. The stock repurchase program may be suspended at any time or from time-to-time without prior notice.  The Company repurchased approximately $3.0 million, or 126,800 shares of its common stock, under this stock repurchase program through December 31, 2020.

 

In 2021, the Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, whereby up to $4.0 million was allocated to repurchase the Company’s common stock.  Any purchases under the Company’s stock repurchase program may be made periodically as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements in the open market or in privately-negotiated transactions. The timing and amount of any repurchase of shares will be determined by the Company’s management, based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors. The stock repurchase program may be suspended at any time or from time-to-time without prior notice.  The Company repurchased approximately $3.6 million, or 127,597 shares of its common stock, under this stock repurchase program through December 31, 2021.

 

In 2013, the FRB approved its final rule on the Basel III capital standards, which implement changes to the regulatory capital framework for banking organizations.  The Basel III capital standards, which became effective January 1, 2015, include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which were phased in from 2015 to 2019. The new minimum capital level requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank under the final rules are as follows: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total risk based capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from previous rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% (unchanged from previous rules).  An additional capital conservation buffer was added to the minimum requirements for capital adequacy purposes beginning on January 1, 2016 and was phased in through 2019 (increasing by 0.625% on January 1, 2016 and each subsequent January 1, until it reached 2.5% on January 1, 2019).  This resulted in the following minimum ratios beginning in 2019: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. Under the final rules, institutions would be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount.  These limitations establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained earnings that could be utilized for such actions.

 

Under the regulatory capital guidelines, financial institutions are currently required to maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, with a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater and a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% or greater, as required by the Basel III capital standards referenced above.  Tier 1 capital is generally defined as shareholders’ equity and trust preferred securities less all intangible assets and goodwill.  Tier 1 capital includes $15.0 million in trust preferred securities at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.  The Company’s Tier 1 capital ratio was 15.43% and 15.07% at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.  Total risk-based capital is defined as Tier 1 capital plus supplementary capital.  Supplementary capital, or Tier 2 capital, consists of the Company’s allowance for loan losses, not exceeding 1.25% of the Company’s risk-weighted assets. Total risk-based capital ratio is therefore defined as the ratio of total capital (Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital) to risk-weighted assets.  The Company’s total risk-based capital ratio was 16.35% and 16.07% at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.  The Company’s common equity Tier 1 capital consists of common stock and retained earnings. The Company’s common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 13.96% and 13.56% at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.  Financial institutions are also required to maintain a leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total average assets of 4.0% or greater.  The Company’s Tier 1 leverage capital ratio was 9.64% and 10.24% at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

 

The Bank’s Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 15.27% and 14.85% at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.  The total risk-based capital ratio for the Bank was 16.19% and 15.85% at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The Bank’s common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 15.27% and 14.85% at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.  The Bank’s Tier 1 leverage capital ratio was 9.50% and 10.04% at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

 

A bank is considered to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater.  Based upon these guidelines, the Bank was considered to be “well capitalized” at December 31, 2021.

 

 
A-23

 

 

The Company’s key equity ratios as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2018 are presented in Table 17.

 

Table 17 - Equity Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Return on average assets

 

 

0.96%

 

 

0.83%

 

 

1.23%
Return on average equity

 

 

10.24%

 

 

8.04%

 

 

10.45%
Dividend payout ratio

 

 

24.83%

 

 

38.67%

 

 

28.00%
Average equity to average assets

 

 

9.42%

 

 

10.35%

 

 

11.78%

 

Quarterly Financial Data.  The Company’s consolidated quarterly operating results for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are presented in Table 18.

 

Table 18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

First

 

 

Second

 

 

Third

 

 

Fourth

 

 

First

 

 

Second

 

 

Third

 

 

Fourth

 

Total interest income

 

$11,922

 

 

 

12,517

 

 

 

11,421

 

 

 

11,319

 

 

$12,250

 

 

 

11,638

 

 

 

11,868

 

 

 

12,202

 

Total interest expense

 

 

815

 

 

 

842

 

 

 

861

 

 

 

687

 

 

 

1,041

 

 

 

912

 

 

 

942

 

 

 

941

 

Net interest income

 

 

11,107

 

 

 

11,675

 

 

 

10,560

 

 

 

10,632

 

 

 

11,209

 

 

 

10,726

 

 

 

10,926

 

 

 

11,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

(455)

 

 

(226)

 

 

(182)

 

 

(300)

 

 

1,521

 

 

 

1,417

 

 

 

522

 

 

 

799

 

Other income

 

 

5,873

 

 

 

6,040

 

 

 

6,040

 

 

 

6,966

 

 

 

4,595

 

 

 

5,239

 

 

 

7,132

 

 

 

5,948

 

Other expense

 

 

12,268

 

 

 

12,132

 

 

 

12,568

 

 

 

14,159

 

 

 

11,449

 

 

 

11,452

 

 

 

11,914

 

 

 

14,116

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

5,167

 

 

 

5,809

 

 

 

4,214

 

 

 

3,739

 

 

 

2,834

 

 

 

3,096

 

 

 

5,622

 

 

 

2,294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

1,046

 

 

 

1,194

 

 

 

824

 

 

 

732

 

 

 

467

 

 

 

535

 

 

 

1,113

 

 

 

374

 

Net earnings

 

 

4,121

 

 

 

4,615

 

 

 

3,390

 

 

 

3,007

 

 

 

2,367

 

 

 

2,561

 

 

 

4,509

 

 

 

1,920

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net earnings per share

 

$0.73

 

 

 

0.82

 

 

 

0.61

 

 

 

0.55

 

 

$0.41

 

 

 

0.46

 

 

 

0.80

 

 

 

0.34

 

Diluted net earnings per share

 

$0.71

 

 

 

0.80

 

 

 

0.59

 

 

 

0.53

 

 

$0.40

 

 

 

0.44

 

 

 

0.78

 

 

 

0.33

 

 

 
A-24

 

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Market risk reflects the risk of economic loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and interest rates.  This risk of loss can be reflected in either diminished current market values or reduced potential net interest income in future periods.

 

The Company’s market risk arises primarily from interest rate risk inherent in its lending and deposit taking activities. The structure of the Company’s loan and deposit portfolios is such that a significant decline (increase) in interest rates may adversely (positively) impact net market values and interest income. Management seeks to manage the risk through the utilization of its investment securities and off-balance sheet derivative instruments. During the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company used interest rate contracts to manage market risk as discussed above in the section entitled “Asset Liability and Interest Rate Risk Management.”

 

Table 19 presents in tabular form the contractual balances and the estimated fair value of the Company’s on-balance sheet financial instruments at their expected maturity dates for the period ended December 31, 2021. The expected maturity categories take into consideration historical prepayment experience as well as management’s expectations based on the interest rate environment at December 31, 2021.  For core deposits without contractual maturity (i.e. interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market accounts), the table presents principal cash flows based on management’s judgment concerning their most likely runoff or repricing behaviors.

 

Table 19 - Market Risk Table

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans Receivable

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

2024

 

 

2025

 

 

2026

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total

 

 

Fair Value

 

Fixed rate

 

$37,230

 

 

 

42,733

 

 

 

62,615

 

 

 

68,035

 

 

 

100,185

 

 

 

335,101

 

 

 

645,899

 

 

 

626,199

 

Average interest rate

 

 

4.62%

 

 

4.37%

 

 

4.88%

 

 

4.36%

 

 

3.56%

 

 

4.01%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variable rate

 

$51,142

 

 

 

20,122

 

 

 

13,997

 

 

 

12,858

 

 

 

8,191

 

 

 

136,297

 

 

 

242,607

 

 

 

242,607

 

Average interest rate

 

 

4.01%

 

 

3.98%

 

 

4.01%

 

 

3.95%

 

 

4.58%

 

 

4.13%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

888,506

 

 

 

868,806

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing deposits

 

$232,788

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

232,788

 

 

 

232,788

 

Average interest rate

 

 

0.14%

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale

 

$8,081

 

 

 

3,531

 

 

 

621

 

 

 

4,219

 

 

 

5,294

 

 

 

384,803

 

 

 

406,549

 

 

 

406,549

 

Average interest rate

 

 

4.37%

 

 

3.73%

 

 

2.63%

 

 

2.95%

 

 

3.38%

 

 

2.81%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonmarketable equity securities

 

$-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,668

 

 

 

3,668

 

 

 

3,668

 

Average interest rate

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2.71%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$52,989

 

 

 

21,471

 

 

 

20,663

 

 

 

3,822

 

 

 

3,689

 

 

 

1,310,114

 

 

 

1,412,748

 

 

 

1,401,833

 

Average interest rate

 

 

0.19%

 

 

0.47%

 

 

0.39%

 

 

0.89%

 

 

0.41%

 

 

0.05%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

to repurchase

 

$37,094

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

37,094

 

 

 

37,094

 

Average interest rate

 

 

0.37%

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

$-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,464

 

 

 

15,464

 

 

 

15,464

 

Average interest rate

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1.83%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
A-25

 

 

Table 20 presents the simulated impact to net interest income under varying interest rate scenarios and the theoretical impact of rate changes over a twelve-month period referred to as “rate ramps.”  The table shows the estimated theoretical impact on the Company’s tax equivalent net interest income from hypothetical rate changes of plus and minus 1%, 2% and 3%, as compared to the estimated theoretical impact of rates remaining unchanged.  The table also shows the simulated impact to market value of equity under varying interest rate scenarios and the theoretical impact of immediate and sustained rate changes referred to as “rate shocks” of plus and minus 1%, 2% and 3%, as compared to the theoretical impact of rates remaining unchanged.  The prospective effects of the hypothetical interest rate changes are based upon various assumptions, including relative and estimated levels of key interest rates.  This type of modeling has limited usefulness because it does not allow for the strategies management would utilize in response to sudden and sustained rate changes.  Also, management does not believe that rate changes of the magnitude presented are likely in the forecast period presented.

 

Table 20 - Interest Rate Risk

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Estimated Resulting Theoretical

Net Interest Income

 

Hypothetical rate change (ramp over 12 months)

 

 

Amount

 

 

% Change

 

+3%

 

$45,463

 

 

 

8.39%

+2%

 

$44,909

 

 

 

7.07%

+1%

 

$43,559

 

 

 

3.85%

0%

 

$41,943

 

 

 

0.00%

-1%

 

$41,299

 

 

 

-1.54%

-2%

 

$40,967

 

 

 

-2.33%

-3%

 

$40,961

 

 

 

-2.34%

 

 

 

 

Estimated Resulting Theoretical

Market Value of Equity

 

Hypothetical rate change (immediate shock)

 

 

Amount

 

 

% Change

 

+3%

 

$210,372

 

 

 

11.46%

+2%

 

$216,691

 

 

 

14.81%

+1%

 

$209,563

 

 

 

11.03%

0%

 

$188,747

 

 

 

0.00%

-1%

 

$147,930

 

 

 

-21.63%

-2%

 

$118,497

 

 

 

-37.22%

-3%

 

$120,846

 

 

 

-35.97%

 

 
A-26

 

 

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

INDEX

PAGE(S)

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Consolidated Financial Statements

A-28- A-29

 

Financial Statements

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020

A-30

 

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

A-31

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

A-32

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

A-33

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

A-34 - A-35

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

A-36 - A-69

 

 
A-27

 

 

pebk_ex13img4.jpg

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of earnings, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

  

 
A-28

 

 

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses – Qualitative Factors

 

As discussed in Note 3 to the Company’s financial statements, the Company had a gross loan portfolio of approximately $884.9 million and associated allowance for loan losses of approximately $9.4 million as of December 31, 2021. As described by the Company in Note 1, the allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based on management’s periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of the Bank’s historical loan loss experience, the amount of past due and non-performing loans, specific known risks, underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans, current and anticipated economic conditions, and other factors which management believes represents the best estimate of the allowance for loan losses.

 

We identified the Company’s estimate of qualitative factors applied to adjust the historical loss experience of the allowance for loan losses as a critical audit matter. The principal considerations for our determination of the allowance for loan losses as a critical audit matter related to the high degree of subjectivity in the Company’s judgments in determining the qualitative factors. Auditing these complex judgments and assumptions by the Company involves especially challenging auditor judgment due to the nature and extent of audit evidence and effort required to address these matters, including the extent of specialized skill or knowledge needed.

 

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included the following:

 

·

We evaluated the relevance and the reasonableness of assumptions related to evaluation of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions, and other risk factors used in development of the qualitative factors for collectively evaluated loans.

·

We evaluated the reasonableness of assumptions and data used by the Company in developing the qualitative factors by comparing these data points to internally developed and third-party sources, as well as other audit evidence gathered.

·

Analytical procedures were performed to evaluate the directional consistency of changes that occurred in the allowance for loan losses for loans collectively evaluated for impairment.

 

/s/ Elliott Davis, PLLC

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015.

 

Raleigh, North Carolina

March 18, 2022

 

 
A-29

 

 

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

 

 

 (Audited)

 

 

 (Audited)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks, including reserve requirements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of $0 at both 12/31/21 and 12/31/20

 

$44,711

 

 

 

42,737

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

 

232,788

 

 

 

118,843

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

277,499

 

 

 

161,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

 

406,549

 

 

 

245,249

 

Other investments

 

 

3,668

 

 

 

4,155

 

Total securities

 

 

410,217

 

 

 

249,404

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

3,637

 

 

 

9,139

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

 

884,869

 

 

 

948,639

 

Less allowance for loan losses

 

 

(9,355)

 

 

(9,908)

Net loans

 

 

875,514

 

 

 

938,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

16,104

 

 

 

18,600

 

Cash surrender value of life insurance

 

 

17,365

 

 

 

16,968

 

Other real estate

 

 

-

 

 

 

128

 

Right of use lease asset

 

 

4,612

 

 

 

3,423

 

Accrued interest receivable and other assets

 

 

19,245

 

 

 

18,202

 

Total assets

 

$1,624,193

 

 

 

1,416,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing demand

 

$514,319

 

 

 

456,980

 

Interest-bearing demand, MMDA & savings

 

 

797,179

 

 

 

657,834

 

Time, $250,000 or more

 

 

26,333

 

 

 

25,771

 

Other time

 

 

74,917

 

 

 

80,501

 

Total deposits

 

 

1,412,748

 

 

 

1,221,086

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

37,094

 

 

 

26,201

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

15,464

 

 

 

15,464

 

Lease liability

 

 

4,677

 

 

 

3,471

 

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

 

11,841

 

 

 

10,054

 

Total liabilities

 

 

1,481,824

 

 

 

1,276,276

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, no par value; authorized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Common stock, no par value; authorized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 5,661,569 shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

at December 31, 2021 and 5,787,504 shares at December 31, 2020

 

 

53,305

 

 

 

56,871

 

Common stock held by deferred compensation trust, at cost; 162,193

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

shares at December 31, 2021 and 155,469 shares at December 31, 2020

 

 

(1,992)

 

 

(1,796)

Deferred compensation

 

 

1,992

 

 

 

1,796

 

Retained earnings

 

 

88,968

 

 

 

77,628

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

96

 

 

 

5,400

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

142,369

 

 

 

139,899

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 

$1,624,193

 

 

 

1,416,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
A-30

 

 

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Earnings

For the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

 

 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

 

$41,186

 

 

 

42,314

 

 

 

43,301

 

Interest on due from banks

 

 

258

 

 

 

127

 

 

 

213

 

Interest on federal funds sold

 

 

-

 

 

 

204

 

 

 

331

 

Interest on investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored enterprises

 

 

2,478

 

 

 

2,361

 

 

 

2,670

 

States and political subdivisions

 

 

3,146

 

 

 

2,691

 

 

 

2,915

 

Other

 

 

111

 

 

 

261

 

 

 

171

 

Total interest income

 

 

47,179

 

 

 

47,958

 

 

 

49,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits, MMDA & savings deposits

 

 

2,029

 

 

 

1,962

 

 

 

1,596

 

Time deposits

 

 

752

 

 

 

947

 

 

 

909

 

FHLB borrowings

 

 

-

 

 

 

357

 

 

 

205

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

280

 

 

 

370

 

 

 

844

 

Other

 

 

144

 

 

 

200

 

 

 

203

 

Total interest expense

 

 

3,205

 

 

 

3,836

 

 

 

3,757

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

43,974

 

 

 

44,122

 

 

 

45,844

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for (recovery of) loan losses

 

 

(1,163)

 

 

4,259

 

 

 

863

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

45,137

 

 

 

39,863

 

 

 

44,981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges

 

 

3,921

 

 

 

3,528

 

 

 

4,576

 

Other service charges and fees

 

 

803

 

 

 

742

 

 

 

714

 

Gain on sale of securities

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,639

 

 

 

226

 

Mortgage banking income

 

 

2,505

 

 

 

2,469

 

 

 

1,264

 

Insurance and brokerage commissions

 

 

1,035

 

 

 

897

 

 

 

877

 

Appraisal management fee income

 

 

8,890

 

 

 

6,754

 

 

 

4,484

 

Gain (loss) on sale of other assets

 

 

105

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(239)

Gain (loss) on sales and write-downs of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other real estate, net

 

 

21

 

 

 

(47)

 

 

(11)

Miscellaneous

 

 

7,639

 

 

 

5,932

 

 

 

5,848

 

Total non-interest income

 

 

24,919

 

 

 

22,914

 

 

 

17,739

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

24,506

 

 

 

23,538

 

 

 

23,238

 

Occupancy

 

 

7,858

 

 

 

7,933

 

 

 

7,364

 

Professional fees

 

 

1,826

 

 

 

1,580

 

 

 

1,490

 

Advertising

 

 

536

 

 

 

787

 

 

 

1,021

 

Debit card expense

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

1,012

 

 

 

890

 

FDIC insurance

 

 

415

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

119

 

Appraisal management fee expense

 

 

7,112

 

 

 

5,274

 

 

 

3,421

 

Other

 

 

7,874

 

 

 

8,544

 

 

 

7,974

 

Total non-interest expense

 

 

51,127

 

 

 

48,931

 

 

 

45,517

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings before income taxes

 

 

18,929

 

 

 

13,846

 

 

 

17,203

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

3,796

 

 

 

2,489

 

 

 

3,136

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$15,133

 

 

 

11,357

 

 

 

14,067

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net earnings per share

 

$2.71

 

 

 

2.01

 

 

 

2.43

 

Diluted net earnings per share

 

$2.63

 

 

 

1.95

 

 

 

2.36

 

Cash dividends declared per share

 

$0.66

 

 

 

0.75

 

 

 

0.66

 

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.                         

 

 
A-31

 

 

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

For the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

 

 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$15,133

 

 

 

11,357

 

 

 

14,067

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

available for sale

 

 

(6,886)

 

 

4,919

 

 

 

3,677

 

Reclassification adjustment for gains on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

included in net earnings

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,639)

 

 

(226)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss),

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

before income taxes

 

 

(6,886)

 

 

2,280

 

 

 

3,451

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit) related to other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gain (losses) on securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

available for sale

 

 

(1,582)

 

 

1,130

 

 

 

845

 

Reclassification adjustment for gains on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

securities available for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

included in net earnings

 

 

-

 

 

 

(606)

 

 

(52)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit) related to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

(1,582)

 

 

524

 

 

 

793

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss),

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

net of tax

 

 

(5,304)

 

 

1,756

 

 

 

2,658

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

 

$9,829

 

 

 

13,113

 

 

 

16,725

 

                          

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.                           

 

 
A-32

 

 

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

(Dollars in thousands)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Held By

 

 

 Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Common

 

 

 Common

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Deferred

 

 

 Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Stock

 

 

 Stock

 

 

 Retained

 

 

 Deferred 

 

 

 Compensation

 

 

 Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 Earnings

 

 

 Compensation

 

 

Trust

 

 

 Income 

 

 

 Total

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

 

5,995,256

 

 

$62,096

 

 

 

60,535

 

 

 

1,374

 

 

 

(1,374)

 

 

986

 

 

 

123,617

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock repurchase

 

 

(90,354)

 

 

(2,490)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,490)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared on common stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,939)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,939)

Restricted stock units exercised

 

 

7,398

 

 

 

207

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

207

 

Equity incentive plan, net

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

214

 

 

 

(214)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Net earnings

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

14,067

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

14,067

 

Change in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,658

 

 

 

2,658

 

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

 

5,912,300

 

 

$59,813

 

 

 

70,663

 

 

 

1,588

 

 

 

(1,588)

 

 

3,644

 

 

 

134,120

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock repurchase

 

 

(126,800)

 

 

(2,999)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,999)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared on common stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(4,392)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(4,392)

Restricted stock units exercised

 

2004

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

57

 

Equity incentive plan, net

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

208

 

 

 

(208)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Net earnings

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,357

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,357

 

Change in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,756

 

 

 

1,756

 

Balance, December 31, 2020

 

 

5,787,504

 

 

$56,871

 

 

 

77,628

 

 

 

1,796

 

 

 

(1,796)

 

 

5,400

 

 

 

139,899

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock repurchase

 

 

(127,597)

 

 

(3,605)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,605)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared on common stock

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,793)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,793)

Restricted stock units exercised

 

 

1,662

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

39

 

Equity incentive plan, net

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

(196)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Net earnings

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,133

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,133

 

Change in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(5,304)

 

 

(5,304)

Balance, December 31, 2021

 

 

5,661,569

 

 

$53,305

 

 

 

88,968

 

 

 

1,992

 

 

 

(1,992)

 

 

96

 

 

 

142,369

 

                                                          

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.                                                         

 

 
A-33

 

 

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

(Dollars in thousands)

  

 

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

 

 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$15,133

 

 

 

11,357

 

 

 

14,067

 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion

 

 

5,569

 

 

 

4,183

 

 

 

3,964

 

Provision for (recovery of) loan losses

 

 

(1,163)

 

 

4,259

 

 

 

863

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(283)

 

 

(560)

 

 

164

 

Gain on sale of investment securities

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,639)

 

 

(226)

Gain on sale of other real estate

 

 

(21)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(6)

Write-down of other real estate

 

 

-

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

17

 

(Gain) loss on sale and writedowns of premises and equipment

 

 

(105)

 

 

-

 

 

 

239

 

Restricted stock units expense

 

 

181

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

270

 

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

 

 

98,365

 

 

 

112,426

 

 

 

56,364

 

Origination of loans held for sale

 

 

(92,863)

 

 

(117,148)

 

 

(60,101)

Change in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash surrender value of life insurance

 

 

(397)

 

 

(380)

 

 

(383)

Right of use lease asset

 

 

738

 

 

 

199

 

 

 

787

 

Other assets

 

 

(498)

 

 

(596)

 

 

724

 

Lease liability

 

 

(721)

 

 

(176)

 

 

(762)

Other liabilities

 

 

2,965

 

 

 

(1,837)

 

 

(2,784)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

26,900

 

 

 

9,162

 

 

 

13,197

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investment securities available for sale

 

 

(209,306)

 

 

(127,893)

 

 

(54,212)

Proceeds from sales, calls and maturities of investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

available for sale

 

 

9,540

 

 

 

62,408

 

 

 

40,561

 

Proceeds from paydowns of investment securities available for sale

 

 

28,536

 

 

 

19,169

 

 

 

14,489

 

Purchases of other investments

 

 

-

 

 

 

(45)

 

 

(45)

Proceeds from paydowns of other investment securities

 

 

201

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

176

 

Net change in FHLB stock

 

 

331

 

 

 

(55)

 

 

(1)

Net change in loans

 

 

64,380

 

 

 

(99,971)

 

 

(46,505)

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

 

(484)

 

 

(2,492)

 

 

(2,835)

Purchases of bank owned life insurance

 

 

-

 

 

 

(269)

 

 

-

 

Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment

 

 

515

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

149

 

Proceeds from sale of other real estate and repossessions

 

 

149

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used by investing activities

 

 

(106,138)

 

 

(148,972)

 

 

(48,181)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in deposits

 

 

191,662

 

 

 

254,569

 

 

 

89,304

 

Net change in securities sold under agreement to repurchase

 

 

10,893

 

 

 

1,980

 

 

 

(33,874)

Proceeds from FHLB borrowings

 

 

-

 

 

 

70,000

 

 

 

184,500

 

Repayments of FHLB borrowings

 

 

-

 

 

 

(70,000)

 

 

(184,500)

Proceeds from FRB borrowings

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Repayments of FRB borrowings

 

 

(1)

 

 

(1)

 

 

(1)

Proceeds from Fed Funds Purchased

 

 

162

 

 

 

7,011

 

 

 

100,252

 

Repayments of Fed Funds Purchased

 

 

(162)

 

 

(7,011)

 

 

(100,252)

Repayments of Junior Subordinated Debentures

 

 

-

 

 

 

(155)

 

 

(5,000)

Common stock repurchased

 

 

(3,605)

 

 

(2,999)

 

 

(2,490)

Cash dividends paid on common stock

 

 

(3,793)

 

 

(4,392)

 

 

(3,939)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used) provided by financing activities

 

 

195,157

 

 

 

249,003

 

 

 

44,001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

115,919

 

 

 

109,193

 

 

 

9,017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

161,580

 

 

 

52,387

 

 

 

43,370

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$277,499

 

 

 

161,580

 

 

 

52,387

 

 

 
A-34

 

 

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, continued

For the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

(Dollars in thousands)

  

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$3,224

 

 

 

3,856

 

 

 

3,750

 

Income taxes

 

$3,669

 

 

 

2,781

 

 

 

3,206

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in unrealized gain on investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

available for sale, net

 

$(5,304)

 

 

1,756

 

 

 

2,658

 

Transfer of loans to other real estate

 

$-

 

 

 

175

 

 

 

26

 

Issuance of accrued restricted stock units

 

$39

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

207

 

Recognition of lease right of use asset and lease liability

 

$1,927

 

 

 

942

 

 

 

4,401

 

                          

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.                         

 

 
A-35

 

 

PEOPLES BANCORP OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC.  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(1)

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

 

 

Organization

Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (“Bancorp” or the “Company”) has served as the holding company to Peoples Bank (the “Bank”) since 1999.  Bancorp is primarily regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and serves as the one-bank holding company for the Bank. 

 

 

 

The Bank commenced business in 1912 upon receipt of its banking charter from the North Carolina Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”). The Bank is primarily regulated by the Commissioner and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and undergoes periodic examinations by these regulatory agencies. The Bank, whose main office is in Newton, North Carolina, provides a full range of commercial and consumer banking services primarily in Catawba, Alexander, Lincoln, Mecklenburg, Iredell and Wake counties in North Carolina.

 

 

 

Peoples Investment Services, Inc. (“PIS”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 1996 to provide investment and trust services through agreements with an outside party.

 

 

 

Real Estate Advisory Services, Inc. (“REAS”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 1997 to provide real estate appraisal and property management services to individuals and commercial customers of the Bank.

 

 

 

Community Bank Real Estate Solutions, LLC (“CBRES”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operations in 2009 as a “clearing house” for appraisal services for community banks.  Other banks are able to contract with CBRES to find and engage appropriate appraisal companies. In 2019, the Company launched PB Insurance Agency, which is part of CBRES.

 

 

 

PB Real Estate Holdings, LLC (“PBREH”) is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank and began operation in 2015.  PBREH acquires, manages and disposes of real property, other collateral and other assets obtained in the ordinary course of collecting debts previously contracted.

 

 

 

The Bank operates three banking offices focused on the Latino population that were formerly operated as a division of the Bank under the name Banco de la Gente (“Banco”).  These offices, which offer the same banking services as our other branches offer, now operate under the same name as our other offices; however, we continue to separately categorize mortgage loans originated from these offices.

 

 

 

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Bancorp and its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, along with the Bank’s wholly owned subsidiaries, PIS, REAS, CBRES and PBREH.  All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

 

 

 

Basis of Presentation

The accounting principles followed by the Company, and the methods of applying these principles, conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and with general practices in the banking industry. In preparing the financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements. Actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Material estimates common to the banking industry that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term include, but are not limited to, the determination of the allowance for loan losses and valuation of real estate acquired in connection with or in lieu of foreclosure on loans.

 

 

 

Correction of an Error

Subsequent to issuance of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, it was identified that the Company’s non-qualified deferred compensation plan had not been properly recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The deferred compensation plan requires all deferral amounts and contributions to be held in a rabbi trust, and the assets held by the trust should be recorded on the Company’s financial statements along with a corresponding liability.

 

 
A-36

 

 

 

For balances related to mutual fund investments held in the rabbi trust, the accrued interest receivable and other assets, accrued interest payable and other liabilities, total assets, and total liabilities line items on the Consolidated Balance Sheets were adjusted as of December 31, 2020 to reflect the asset and corresponding liability associated with the portion of the rabbi trust held in mutual fund investments. This resulted in an increase to these line items of $1.3 million. Additionally, an adjustment to the presentation of the Company’s shareholders’ equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets has been made to disclose the number of shares of Company stock held by the rabbi trust and the cost basis for those shares, as well as a corresponding liability for the deferred compensation as of December 31, 2020.

 

 

 

On the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, basic earnings per share has been adjusted from $1.95 to $2.01 for the year ended December 31, 2020 and from $2.37 to $2.43 for the year ended December 31, 2019. The impact of the changes in the fair value of the mutual funds held in the rabbi trust and the changes in the deferred compensation liability that were not previously recorded were not considered material to the financial statements. These changes to basic earnings per share are also reflected within Note 1 to the financial statements below.

 

 

 

In addition to the adjustments to the presentation of the Company’s shareholders’ equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, the Company adjusted the presentation of the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for all periods presented to reflect the Company shares held within the rabbi trust, as well as the corresponding deferred compensation associated with these shares.

 

 

 

The Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows were adjusted for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 in order to reflect the changes to other assets and other liabilities made on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

 

 

The adjustments to correct the error noted above were not considered material to the financial statements.

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash, due from banks, interest-bearing deposits and federal funds sold are considered cash and cash equivalents for cash flow reporting purposes.

 

 

 

Investment Securities

The Company uses three classifications for its investment securities: trading, available for sale, or held to maturity. Trading securities are bought and held principally for sale in the near term. Held to maturity securities are those securities for which the Company has the ability and intent to hold until maturity. All other securities not included in trading or held to maturity are classified as available for sale. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company classified all of its investment securities as available for sale.

 

 

 

Available for sale securities are recorded at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses, net of the related tax effect, are excluded from earnings and are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized.

 

 

 

Management evaluates investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis.  A decline in the market value of any investment below cost that is deemed other-than-temporary is charged to earnings for the decline in value deemed to be credit related and a new cost basis in the security is established.  The decline in value attributed to non-credit related factors is recognized in comprehensive income.

 

 

 

Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted over the life of the related security as an adjustment to the yield.  Realized gains and losses for securities classified as available for sale are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining the cost of securities sold.

 

 

 

Other Investments

Other investments include equity securities with no readily determinable fair value.  These investments are carried at cost.

 

 

 

Loans

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity are reported at the principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is calculated by using the simple interest method on daily balances of the principal amount outstanding.  The recognition of certain loan origination fee income and certain loan origination costs is deferred when such loans are originated and amortized over the life of the loan.

 

 
A-37

 

 

 

A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan will not be collected.  Impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or at the loan’s observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

 

 

 

Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management believes, after considering economic conditions and collection efforts, that the borrower’s financial condition is such that collection of interest is doubtful. Interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period earnings.

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses (“ALLL” or “allowance”) reflects management’s assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio.  The Bank periodically analyzes the loan portfolio in an effort to review asset quality and to establish an allowance that management believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses.  In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio are reviewed. Other factors considered are:

 

 

·

the Bank’s loan loss experience;

 

·

the amount of past due and non-performing loans;

 

·

specific known risks;

 

·

the status and amount of other past due and non-performing assets;

 

·

underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans;

 

·

current and anticipated economic conditions; and

 

·

other factors which management believes affect the allowance for potential credit losses.

 

 

Management uses several measures to assess and monitor the credit risks in the loan portfolio, including a loan grading system that begins upon loan origination and continues until the loan is collected or collectability becomes doubtful. Upon loan origination, the Bank’s originating loan officer evaluates the quality of the loan and assigns one of eight risk grades. The loan officer monitors the loan’s performance and credit quality and makes changes to the credit grade as conditions warrant. When originated or renewed, all loans over a certain dollar amount receive in-depth reviews and risk assessments by the Bank’s Credit Administration. Before making any changes in these risk grades, management considers assessments as determined by the third party credit review firm (as described below), regulatory examiners and the Bank’s Credit Administration. Any issues regarding the risk assessments are addressed by the Bank’s senior credit administrators and factored into management’s decision to originate or renew the loan. The Bank’s Board of Directors reviews, on a monthly basis, an analysis of the Bank’s reserves relative to the range of reserves estimated by the Bank’s Credit Administration.

 

 

 

As an additional measure, the Bank engages an independent third party to review the underwriting, documentation and risk grading analyses. This independent third party reviews and evaluates loan relationships greater than or equal to $1.5 million as well as a periodic sample of commercial relationships with exposures below $1.5 million, excluding loans in default, and loans in process of litigation or liquidation.  The third party’s evaluation and report is shared with management and the Board of Directors of the Bank (“Bank Board”).

 

 

 

Management considers certain commercial loans with weak credit risk grades to be individually impaired and measures such impairment based upon available cash flows and the value of the collateral. Allowance or reserve levels are estimated for all other graded loans in the portfolio based on their assigned credit risk grade, type of loan and other matters related to credit risk.

 

 

 

Management uses the information developed from the procedures described above in evaluating and grading the loan portfolio. This continual grading process is used to monitor the credit quality of the loan portfolio and to assist management in estimating the allowance.  The provision for loan losses charged or credited to earnings is based upon management’s judgment of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance at a level appropriate to absorb probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date.  The amount each quarter is dependent upon many factors, including growth and changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, net charge-offs, delinquencies, management’s assessment of loan portfolio quality, the value of collateral, and other macro-economic factors and trends.  The evaluation of these factors is performed quarterly by management through an analysis of the appropriateness of the allowance.

 

 
A-38

 

 

 

The allowance is comprised of three components: specific reserves, general reserves and unallocated reserves.  After a loan has been identified as impaired, management measures impairment.  When the measure of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the amount of the impairment is recorded as a specific reserve. These specific reserves are determined on an individual loan basis based on management’s current evaluation of the Bank’s loss exposure for each credit, given the appraised value of any underlying collateral. Loans for which specific reserves are provided are excluded from the general allowance calculations as described below.

 

 

 

The general allowance reflects reserves established under GAAP for collective loan impairment.  These reserves are based upon historical net charge-offs using the greater of the last two, three, four, or five years’ loss experience.  This charge-off experience may be adjusted to reflect the effects of current conditions.  The Bank considers information derived from its loan risk ratings and external data related to industry and general economic trends in establishing reserves.  Qualitative factors applied in the Bank’s ALLL model include the impact to the economy from the COVID-19 pandemic and reserves on loans with payment modifications as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.  At December 31, 2021, there were no loans with existing modifications as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.  At December 31, 2020, the balance of loans with existing modifications as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic was $18.3 million.  At December 31, 2021, the Bank continues to maintain a pool of loans that were previously modified as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The loan balances associated with those loans that were previously modified as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic related modifications have been grouped into their own pool within the Bank’s ALLL model as management considers that they have a higher risk profile, and a higher reserve rate has been applied to this pool. As such, a higher reserve rate has been applied to this pool.  Loans included in this pool totaled $88.7 million and $119.6 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. 

 

 

 

The unallocated allowance is determined through management’s assessment of probable losses that are in the portfolio but are not adequately captured by the other two components of the allowance, including consideration of current economic and business conditions and regulatory requirements. The unallocated allowance also reflects management’s acknowledgement of the imprecision and subjectivity that underlie the modeling of credit risk.  Due to the subjectivity involved in determining the overall allowance, including the unallocated portion, the unallocated portion may fluctuate from period to period based on management’s evaluation of the factors affecting the assumptions used in calculating the allowance.

 

 

 

There were no significant changes in the estimation methods or fundamental assumptions used in the evaluation of the allowance for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2020. Revisions, estimates and assumptions may be made in any period in which the supporting factors indicate that loss levels may vary from the previous estimates.

 

 

 

Effective December 31, 2012, certain mortgage loans from the former Banco division of the Bank were analyzed separately from other single family residential loans in the Bank’s loan portfolio.  These loans are first mortgage loans made to the Latino market, primarily in Mecklenburg, North Carolina and surrounding counties.  These loans are non-traditional mortgages in that the customer normally did not have a credit history, so all credit information was accumulated by the loan officers. 

 

 

 

Small Business Administration (“SBA”) Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loans are excluded from the allowance as PPP loans are 100 percent guaranteed by the SBA. 

 

 

 

Various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance. Such agencies may require adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examinations.  Management believes it has established the allowance for credit losses pursuant to GAAP, and has taken into account the views of its regulators and the current economic environment.  Management considers the allowance adequate to cover the estimated losses inherent in the Bank’s loan portfolio as of the date of the financial statements. Although management uses the best information available to make evaluations, significant future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions, thus adversely affecting the operating results of the Company.

 

 

 

Mortgage Banking Activities

Mortgage banking income represents income from the sale of mortgage loans and fees received from borrowers and loan investors related to the Bank’s origination of single-family residential mortgage loans.

 

 

 

Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of mortgage loans serviced for others was approximately $351,000, $578,000 and $729,000 at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  Mortgage servicing rights related to these loans are immaterial for all periods presented.

 

 

 

The Bank originates certain fixed rate mortgage loans and commits these loans for sale.  The commitments to originate fixed rate mortgage loans and the commitments to sell these loans to a third party are both derivative contracts.  The fair value of these derivative contracts is immaterial and has no effect on the recorded amounts in the financial statements.

  

 
A-39

 

 

 

Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or market value.  The cost of mortgage loans held for sale approximates the market value. 

 

 

 

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed primarily using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is reflected in earnings for that period. The cost of maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the useful life of the respective asset is charged to earnings as incurred, whereas significant renewals and improvements are capitalized. The range of estimated useful lives for premises and equipment are generally as follows:

 

Buildings and improvements

10- 50 years

Furniture and equipment

3 - 10 years

 

 

Other Real Estate

Foreclosed assets include all assets received in full or partial satisfaction of a loan.  Foreclosed assets are reported at fair value less estimated selling costs.  Any write-downs at the time of foreclosure are charged to the allowance.  Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management, and a valuation allowance is established if fair value less estimated selling costs declines below carrying value.  Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property are capitalized.  Revenues and expenses from operations are included in other expenses.  Changes in the valuation allowance are included in loss on sale and write-down of other real estate. 

 

 

 

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Additionally, the recognition of future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carryforwards, is required to the extent that the realization of such benefits is more likely than not to occur. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the assets and liabilities are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

 

 

In the event the future tax consequences of differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of the Company’s assets and liabilities results in a deferred tax asset, an evaluation of the probability of being able to realize the future benefits indicated by such asset is required. A valuation allowance is provided for the portion of the deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the realizability of a deferred tax asset, management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies.

 

 

 

Tax effects from an uncertain tax position can be recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the appropriate taxing authority that would have full knowledge of all relevant information.  A tax position that meets the more likely than not recognition threshold is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.  Previously recognized tax positions that no longer meet the more likely than not recognition threshold should be derecognized in the first subsequent financial reporting period in which that threshold is no longer met.  The Company assessed the impact of this guidance and determined that it did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or disclosures.

 

 

 

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has an Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan that was approved by shareholders on May 7, 2009 (the “2009 Plan”) whereby certain stock-based rights, such as stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units, stock appreciation rights or book value shares, may be granted to eligible directors and employees.  The 2009 Plan expired on May 7, 2019 but still governs the rights and obligations of the parties for grants made thereunder.  No new awards may be made after May 7, 2019.

 

 

 

The Company granted 16,583 restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan at a grant date fair value of $16.34 per share during the first quarter of 2015.  The Company granted 5,544 restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan at a grant date fair value of $16.91 per share during the first quarter of 2016.  The Company granted 4,114

 

 
A-40

 

 

 

restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan at a grant date fair value of $25.00 per share during the first quarter of 2017.  The Company granted 3,725 restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan at a grant date fair value of $31.43 per share during the first quarter of 2018.  The Company granted 5,290 restricted stock units under the 2009 Plan at a grant date fair value of $28.43 per share during the first quarter of 2019.  The number of restricted stock units granted and grant date fair values for the restricted stock units granted in 2015 through 2017 have been restated to reflect the 10% stock dividend that was paid in the fourth quarter of 2017.  The Company recognizes compensation expense on the restricted stock units over the vesting period (four years from the grant date for the 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018 and 2019 grants).  The amount of expense recorded each period reflects the changes in the Company’s stock price during such period.  As of December 31, 2021, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to the restricted stock unit grants under the 2009 Plan was $38,000.

 

 

 

The Company also has an Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long Term Incentive Plan that was approved by shareholders on May 7, 2020 (the “2020 Plan”) whereby certain stock-based rights, such as stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units, stock appreciation rights or book value shares, may be granted to eligible directors and employees.  A total of 300,000 shares were reserved for possible issuance under the 2020 Plan when it was adopted. As of December 31, 2021, a total of 285,305 shares out of the initial 300,000 shares reserved remain available for future issuance under the 2020 Plan.  No new awards may be made after May 7, 2030 (ten years from the 2020 Plan effective date).

 

 

 

The Company granted 7,635 restricted stock units under the 2020 Plan at a grant date fair value of $17.08 per share during the second quarter of 2020.  The Company granted 7,060 restricted stock units under the 2020 Plan at a grant date fair value of $22.04 per share during the first quarter of 2021.  The Company recognizes compensation expense on the restricted stock units over the vesting period (four years from the grant date for 2020 and 2021 grants).  As of December 31, 2021, the total unrecognized compensation expense related to the restricted stock unit grants under the 2020 Plan was $273,000.

 

 

 

The Company recognized compensation expense for restricted stock units granted under the 2009 Plan and 2020 Plan of $181,000 and $27,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  The Company recognized compensation expense for restricted stock units granted under the 2009 Plan of $270,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

 

 

 

Net Earnings Per Share

Net earnings per common share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period while the effects of potential common shares outstanding during the period are included in diluted earnings per common share. The average market price during the year is used to compute equivalent shares. 

 

 

 

The reconciliations of the amounts used in the computation of both “basic earnings per common share” and “diluted earnings per common share” for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 are as follows:

  

For the year ended December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Net Earnings (Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 Weighted Average Number of Shares

 

 

 Per Share

Amount

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$15,133

 

 

 

5,576,099

 

 

$2.71

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock units - unvested

 

 

-

 

 

 

13,935

 

 

 

 

 

Shares held in deferred comp plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

158,831

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$15,133

 

 

 

5,748,865

 

 

$2.63

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Earnings (Dollars in thousands)

 

 

Weighted Average Number of Shares

 

 

Per Share Amount

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$11,357

 

 

 

5,657,025

 

 

$2.01

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock units - unvested

 

 

-

 

 

 

14,203

 

 

 

 

 

Shares held in deferred comp plan

 

 

-

 

 

 

150,394

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$11,357

 

 

 

5,821,622

 

 

$1.95

 

 

 
A-41

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Net Earnings (Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 Weighted Average Number of Shares

 

 

 Per Share Amount

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$14,067

 

 

 

5,799,505

 

 

$2.43

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock units - unvested

 

 

-

 

 

 

25,438

 

 

 

 

 

Shares held in deferred comp plan

 

 

-

 

 

 

141,542

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$14,067

 

 

 

5,966,485

 

 

$2.36

 

 

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company has applied ASU 2014-09 using a modified retrospective approach.  The Company’s revenue is comprised of net interest income and noninterest income.  The scope of ASU 2014-09 explicitly excludes net interest income as well as many other revenues for financial assets and liabilities including loans, leases, securities, and derivatives.  Accordingly, the majority of the Company’s revenues are not affected.  Appraisal management fee income and expense from the Bank’s subsidiary, CBRES, was reported as a net amount prior to March 31, 2018, which was included in miscellaneous non-interest income. This income and expense is now reported on separate line items under non-interest income and non-interest expense.  See below for additional information related to revenue generated from contracts with customers.

 

 

 

Revenue and Method of Adoption

The majority of the Company’s revenue is derived primarily from interest income from receivables (loans) and securities.  Other revenues are derived from fees received in connection with deposit accounts, investment advisory, and appraisal services. On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted the requirements of ASU 2014-09.  The core principle of the new standard is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

 

 

 

The Company adopted ASU 2014-09 using the modified retrospective transition approach which does not require restatement of prior periods.  The method was selected as there were no material changes in the timing of revenue recognition resulting in no comparability issues with prior periods.  This adoption method is considered a change in accounting principle requiring additional disclosure of the nature of, and reason for, the change, which is solely a result of the adoption of the required standard.  When applying the modified retrospective approach under ASU 2014-09, the Company has elected, as a practical expedient, to apply this approach only to contracts that were not completed as of January 1, 2018. A completed contract is considered to be a contract for which all (or substantially all) of the revenue was recognized in accordance with revenue guidance that was in effect before January 1, 2018.  There were no uncompleted contracts as of January 1, 2018 for which application of the new standard required an adjustment to retained earnings.

 

 

 

The following disclosures involve the Company’s material income streams derived from contracts with customers which are within the scope of ASU 2014-09.  Through the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, PIS, the Company contracts with a registered investment advisor to perform investment advisory services on behalf of the Company’s customers.  The Company receives commissions from this third party investment advisor based on the volume of business that the Company’s customers do with such investment advisor.  Total revenue recognized from these contracts was $1.0 million, $896,000 and $876,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  The Company utilizes third parties to contract with the Company’s customers to perform debit and credit card clearing services.  These third parties pay the Company commissions based on the volume of transactions that they process on behalf of the Company’s customers.  Total revenue recognized from these contracts with these third parties was $5.0 million, $4.2 million and $4.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  Through the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, REAS, the Company provides property appraisal services for negotiated fee amounts on a per appraisal basis. Total revenue recognized from these contracts with customers was $854,000, $828,000 and $692,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Through the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, CBRES, the Company provides appraisal management services.  Total revenue recognized from these contracts with customers was $8.9 million, $6.8 million and $4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  Due to the nature of the Company’s relationship with its customers, the Company does not incur costs to obtain contracts and there are no material incremental costs to fulfill these contracts that should be capitalized.

 

 

 

Disaggregation of Revenue.  The Company’s portfolio of services provided to the Company’s customers consists of over 50,000 active contracts.  The Company has disaggregated revenue according to timing of the

 

 
A-42

 

 

 

transfer of service. Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021 derived from contracts in which services are transferred at a point in time was approximately $9.3 million.  None of the Company’s revenue is derived from contracts in which services are transferred over time.  Revenue is recognized as the services are provided to the customers.  Economic factors, such as the financial stress impacting businesses and individuals as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, could affect the nature, amount, and timing of these cash flows, as unfavorable economic conditions could impair a customers’ ability to provide payment for services.  For the Company’s deposit contracts, this risk is mitigated as the Company generally deducts payments from customers’ accounts as services are rendered.  For the Company’s appraisal services, the risk is mitigated in that the appraisal is not released until payment is received.

 

 

 

Contract Balances.  The timing of revenue recognition, billings, and cash collections results in billed accounts receivable on the balance sheet.  Most contracts call for payment by a charge or deduction to the respective customer account but there are some that require a receipt of payment from the customer.  For fee per transaction contracts, the customers are billed as the transactions are processed.  The Company has no contracts in which customers are billed in advance for services to be performed.  These types of contracts would create contract liabilities or deferred revenue, as the customers pay in advance for services.  There are no contract liabilities or accounts receivables balances that are material to the Company’s balance sheet.

 

 

 

Performance Obligations.  A performance obligation is a promise in a contract to transfer a distinct good or service to the customer, and is the unit of account in ASU 2014-09.  A contract’s transaction price is allocated to each distinct performance obligation and recognized as revenue when, or as, the performance obligation is satisfied.  Performance obligations are satisfied as the service is provided to the customer at a point in time.  There are no significant financing components in the Company’s contracts.  Excluding deposit and appraisal service revenues which are primarily billed at a point in time as a fee for services incurred, all other contracts within the scope of ASU 2014-09 contain variable consideration in that fees earned are derived from market values of accounts which determine the amount of consideration to which the Company is entitled.  The variability is resolved when the services are provided. The contracts do not include obligations for returns, refunds, or warranties.  The contracts are specific to the amounts owed to the Company for services performed during a period should the contracts be terminated.

 

 

 

Significant Judgements.  All of the Company’s contracts create performance obligations that are satisfied at a point in time excluding some immaterial deposit revenues.  Revenue is recognized as services are billed to the customers.  Variable consideration does exist for contracts related to the Company’s contract with its registered investment advisor as some revenues earned pursuant to that contract are based on market values of accounts at the end of the period.

 

 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

 

 

The following tables provide a summary of Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) that the Company has recently adopted.

 

ASU

Description

Effective Date

Effect on Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters

ASU 2019-07: Codification Updates to SEC Sections

Guidance updated for various Topics of the ASC to align the guidance in various SEC sections of the ASC with the requirements of certain SEC final rules.

Effective upon issuance

The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

ASU 2018-14: Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Defined Benefit Plans (Subtopic 715-20)

Updates disclosure requirements for employers that sponsor defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans.

January 1, 2021

The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

ASU 2019-12: Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes

Guidance to simplify accounting for income taxes by removing specific technical exceptions that often produce information investors have a hard time understanding. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for other areas of Topic 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance.

January 1, 2021

The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

 
A-43

 

 

ASU

Description

Effective Date

Effect on Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters

ASU 2020-01: Investments—Equity Securities (Topic 321), Investments—Equity Method and Joint  Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815)—Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815 (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)

Guidance to clarify the interaction of the accounting for equity securities under Topic 321 and investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting in Topic 323 and the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options accounted for under Topic 815.

January 1, 2021

The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

ASU 2020-02: Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) and Leases (Topic 842)—Amendments to SEC Paragraphs Pursuant to SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 and Update to SEC Section on Effective Date Related to Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (SEC Update)

Guidance to add and amend SEC paragraphs in the Accounting Standards Codification to reflect the issuance of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 119 related to the new credit losses standard and comments by the SEC staff related to the revised effective date of the new leases standard.

Effective upon issuance

The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

ASU 2021-06: Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205), Financial Services—Depository and Lending (Topic 942), and Financial Services—Investment Companies (Topic 946)

Amends SEC paragraphs in the Accounting Standards Codification to reflect the issuance of SEC Release No. 33-10786, Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses, and No. 33-10835, Update of Statistical Disclosures for Bank and Savings and Loan Registrants.

Effective upon issuance

The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

 

 

The following tables provide a summary of ASU’s issued by the FASB that the Company has not adopted as of December 31, 2021, which may impact the Company’s financial statements.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance Not Yet Adopted

 

ASU

Description

Effective Date

Effect on Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters

ASU 2016-13: Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments

Provides guidance to change the accounting for credit losses and modify the impairment model for certain debt securities.

See ASU 2019-10 below.

The Company will apply this guidance through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the year of adoption.  The Company is still evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.  The Company has formed a Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”) committee and implemented a model from a third-party vendor for running CECL calculations.  The Company is currently developing CECL model assumptions and comparing results to current allowance for loan loss calculations.  The Company plans to run parallel calculations leading up to the effective date of this guidance to ensure it is prepared for implementation by the effective date. In addition to the Company’s allowance for loan losses, it will also record an allowance for credit losses on debt securities instead of applying the impairment model currently utilized.  The amount of the adjustments will be impacted by each portfolio’s composition and credit quality at the adoption date as well as economic conditions and forecasts at that time.

 

 
A-44

 

 

ASU

Description

Effective Date

Effect on Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters

ASU 2018-19: Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses

Aligns the implementation date of the topic for annual financial statements of nonpublic companies with the implementation date for their interim financial statements. The guidance also clarifies that receivables arising from operating leases are not within the scope of the topic, but rather, should be accounted for in accordance with the leases topic.

See ASU 2019-10 below.

The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.  See ASU 2016-13 above.

ASU 2019-04: Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments

Addresses unintended issues accountants flagged when implementing ASU 2016-01, Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, and ASU 2017-12, Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities.

See ASU 2019-10 below.

The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.  See ASU 2016-13 above.

ASU 2019-05: Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief

Guidance to provide entities with an option to irrevocably elect the fair value option, applied on an instrument-by-instrument basis for eligible instruments, upon adoption of ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments.

See ASU 2019-10 below.

The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.  See ASU 2016-13 above.

ASU 2019-10: Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842): Effective Dates

Guidance to defer the effective dates for private companies, not-for-profit organizations, and certain smaller reporting companies applying standards on current expected credit losses (CECL), leases and hedging.

January 1, 2023

The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

ASU 2019-11: Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses

Guidance that addresses issues raised by stakeholders during the implementation of ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The amendments affect a variety of Topics in the ASC.

January 1, 2023

The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

ASU 2020-03: Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments

Guidance to clarify that the contractual term of a net investment in a lease, determined in accordance with the leases standard, should be the contractual term used to measure expected credit losses under ASC 326.

January 1, 2023

The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

ASU 2020-04: Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting

Guidance that provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contract modifications and hedging relationships, subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued. The ASU is intended to help stakeholders during the global market-wide reference rate transition period. Therefore, it will be in effect for a limited time through December 31, 2022.

March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022

The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

ASU 2020-06: Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity

Guidance to improve financial reporting associated with accounting for convertible instruments and contracts in an entity’s own equity.

January 1, 2022

The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

 

 
A-45

 

 

ASU

Description

Effective Date

Effect on Financial Statements or Other Significant Matters

ASU 2021-05:         Leases (Topic 842): Lessors—Certain Leases with Variable Lease Payments, which requires a lessor to classify a lease with variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or rate

Updated guidance that requires a lessor to classify a lease with variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or rate as an operating lease at lease commencement if certain conditions are met

January 1, 2022

The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

 

 

Other accounting standards that have been issued or proposed by FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or disclosures.

 

Reclassification

Certain amounts in the 2020 and 2019 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2021 presentation.

 

 

(2)

Investment Securities

 

 

 

Investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 Amortized Cost

 

 

 Gross Unrealized Gains

 

 

 Gross Unrealized Losses

 

 

 Fair Value

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$143,095

 

 

 

2,812

 

 

 

593

 

 

 

145,314

 

U.S. Government

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sponsored enterprises

 

 

7,384

 

 

 

331

 

 

 

208

 

 

 

7,507

 

State and political subdivisions

 

 

87,757

 

 

 

4,758

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

92,428

 

Total

 

$238,236

 

 

 

7,901

 

 

 

888

 

 

 

245,249

 

 

 

The current fair value and associated unrealized losses on investments in debt securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are summarized in the tables below, with the length of time the individual securities have been in a continuous loss position.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 Less than 12 Months

 

 

 12 Months or More

 

 

 Total

 

 

 

 Fair Value

 

 

 Unrealized Losses

 

 

 Fair Value

 

 

 Unrealized Losses

 

 

 Fair Value

 

 

 Unrealized Losses

 

U.S. Treasuries

 

$7,889

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,889

 

 

 

75

 

U.S. Government

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sponsored enterprises

 

 

5,232

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

3,263

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

8,495

 

 

 

185

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

131,483

 

 

 

2,477

 

 

 

19,632

 

 

 

542

 

 

 

151,115

 

 

 

3,019

 

State and political subdivisions

 

 

80,076

 

 

 

1,981

 

 

 

5,922

 

 

 

276

 

 

 

85,998

 

 

 

2,257

 

Total

 

$224,680

 

 

 

4,548

 

 

 

28,817

 

 

 

988

 

 

 

253,497

 

 

 

5,536

 

 

 
A-46

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 Less than 12 Months

 

 

 12 Months or More

 

 

 Total

 

 

 

 Fair Value

 

 

 Unrealized Losses

 

 

 Fair Value

 

 

 Unrealized Losses

 

 

 Fair Value

 

 

 Unrealized Losses

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$80,827

 

 

 

565

 

 

 

4,762

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

85,589

 

 

 

593

 

U.S. Government

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sponsored enterprises

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,193

 

 

 

208

 

 

 

4,193

 

 

 

208

 

State and political subdivisions

 

 

7,126

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,126

 

 

 

87

 

Total

 

$87,953

 

 

 

652

 

 

 

8,955

 

 

 

236

 

 

 

96,908

 

 

 

888

 

 

 

At December 31, 2021, unrealized losses in the investment securities portfolio relating to debt securities totaled $5.5 million.  The unrealized losses on these debt securities arose due to changing interest rates and are considered to be temporary.  From the December 31, 2021 tables above, both of the U.S. Treasury securities, 70 of the 146 securities issued by state and political subdivisions contained unrealized losses and 54 of the 99 securities issued by U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, including mortgage-backed securities, contained unrealized losses.  These unrealized losses are considered temporary because of acceptable financial condition and results of operations on each security and the repayment sources of principal and interest on U.S. Government sponsored enterprises, including mortgage-backed securities, are government backed.

 

The Company periodically evaluates its investments for any impairment which would be deemed other-than-temporary. No investment impairments were deemed other-than-temporary in 2021, 2020 or 2019. 

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2021, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities of mortgage-backed securities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Amortized Cost

 

 

 Fair Value

 

Due within one year

 

$8,051

 

 

 

8,081

 

Due from one to five years

 

 

11,759

 

 

 

12,274

 

Due from five to ten years

 

 

127,903

 

 

 

129,832

 

Due after ten years

 

 

40,307

 

 

 

39,210

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

218,402

 

 

 

217,152

 

Total

 

$406,422

 

 

 

406,549

 

 

 

During 2021, no securities available for sale were sold.  During 2020, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $56.3 million and resulted in gross gains of $2.7 million and gross losses of $56,000.  During 2019, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale were $20.7 million and resulted in gross gains of $230,000 and gross losses of $4,000. 

 

Securities with a fair value of approximately $98.6 million and $77.3 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, FHLB borrowings and for other purposes as required by law.

 

GAAP establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. There is a three-level fair value hierarchy for fair value measurements.  Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that a company has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.  The table below presents the balance of securities available for sale, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis by level within the fair value hierarchy as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

 
A-47

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

 

Level 1 Valuation

 

 

Level 2 Valuation

 

 

Level 3 Valuation

 

U. S Treasuries

 

$7,889

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,889

 

 

 

-

 

U.S. Government

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sponsored enterprises

 

$14,267

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

14,267

 

 

 

-

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$217,152

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

217,152

 

 

 

-

 

State and political subdivisions

 

$167,241

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

167,241

 

 

 

-

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

 

Level 1 Valuation

 

 

Level 2 Valuation

 

 

Level 3 Valuation

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

$145,314

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

145,314

 

 

 

-

 

U.S. Government

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

sponsored enterprises

 

$7,507

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,507

 

 

 

-

 

State and political subdivisions

 

$92,428

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

92,428

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

Fair values of investment securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges when available.  If quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities. 

 

(3)

Loans

 

 

 

Major classifications of loans at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are summarized as follows: 

    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land development

 

$95,760

 

 

 

94,124

 

Single-family residential

 

 

266,111

 

 

 

272,325

 

Single-family residential -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco de la Gente non-traditional

 

 

23,147

 

 

 

26,883

 

Commercial

 

 

337,841

 

 

 

332,971

 

Multifamily and farmland

 

 

58,366

 

 

 

48,880

 

Total real estate loans

 

 

781,225

 

 

 

775,183

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans not secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

 

91,172

 

 

 

161,740

 

Farm loans

 

 

796

 

 

 

855

 

Consumer loans

 

 

6,436

 

 

 

7,113

 

All other loans

 

 

5,240

 

 

 

3,748

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total loans

 

 

884,869

 

 

 

948,639

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less allowance for loan losses

 

 

(9,355)

 

 

(9,908)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net loans

 

$875,514

 

 

 

938,731

 

 

 

The above table includes deferred costs, net of deferred fees, totaling $198,000 at December 31, 2021 including $945,000 in deferred PPP loan fees.  The above table includes

deferred fees, net of deferred costs, totaling $1.4 million at December 31, 2020 including $2.6 million in deferred PPP loan fees.

 

 

 

The Bank makes loans and extensions of credit primarily within the Catawba Valley region of North Carolina, which encompasses Catawba, Alexander, Iredell and Lincoln counties and also in Mecklenburg, Wake, Rowan and Forsyth counties of North Carolina.  Although the Bank has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial

 

 
A-48

 

 

 

portion of the loan portfolio is collateralized by improved and unimproved real estate, the value of which is dependent upon the real estate market.  Risk characteristics of the major components of the Bank’s loan portfolio are discussed below:

 

 

·

Construction and land development loans – The risk of loss is largely dependent on the initial estimate of whether the property’s value at completion equals or exceeds the cost of property construction and the availability of take-out financing. During the construction phase, a number of factors can result in delays or cost overruns. If the estimate is inaccurate or if actual construction costs exceed estimates, the value of the property securing the loan may be insufficient to ensure full repayment when completed through a permanent loan, sale of the property, or by seizure of collateral. As of December 31, 2021, construction and land development loans comprised approximately 11% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.

 

 

 

 

·

Single-family residential loans – Declining home sales volumes, decreased real estate values and higher than normal levels of unemployment could contribute to losses on these loans. As of December 31, 2021, single-family residential loans comprised approximately 33% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio, including Banco single-family residential non-traditional loans which were approximately 3% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.

 

 

 

 

·

Commercial real estate loans – Repayment is dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. These loans also involve greater risk because they are generally not fully amortizing over the loan period, but rather have a balloon payment due at maturity. A borrower’s ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or timely sell the underlying property. As of December 31, 2021, commercial real estate loans comprised approximately 38% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.

 

 

 

 

·

Commercial loans – Repayment is generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrower’s business. In addition, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, be difficult to appraise, be illiquid, or fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. As of December 31, 2021, commercial loans comprised approximately 10% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio, including $18.0 million in PPP loans.

 

 

 

 

·

Multifamily and farmland loans – Decreased real estate values and higher than normal levels of unemployment could contribute to losses on these loans. As of December 31, 2021, construction and land development loans comprised approximately 7% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.

 

 

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by regulatory provisions. Loans may be placed on non-accrual status regardless of whether or not such loans are considered past due. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

 

 

On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed the CARES Act, which established a $2 trillion economic stimulus package, including cash payments to individuals, supplemental unemployment insurance benefits and a $349 billion loan program administered through the PPP. Under the PPP, small businesses, sole proprietorships, independent contractors and self-employed individuals were able to apply for loans from existing SBA lenders and other approved regulated lenders, subject to certain limitations and eligibility criteria. A second round of PPP funding, provided $320 billion additional funding for the PPP.  The Bank participated as a lender in the PPP.  Total PPP loans originated as of December 31, 2021 amounted to $128.1 million.  The outstanding balance of PPP loans was $18.0 million and $75.8 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.  Through December 31, 2021, the Bank has received $5.7 million in fees from the SBA for PPP loans originated..  The Bank recognized $3.4 million and $1.4 million of PPP loan fee income for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 respectively. 

 

 

The following tables present an age analysis of past due loans, by loan type, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

 
A-49

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Loans 30-89 Days Past Due

 

 

 Loans 90 or More Days Past Due

 

 

 Total Past Due Loans

 

 

 Total Current Loans

 

 

 Total Loans

 

 

 Accruing Loans 90 or More Days Past Due

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land development

 

$-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

95,760

 

 

 

95,760

 

 

 

-

 

Single-family residential

 

 

2,323

 

 

 

634

 

 

 

2,957

 

 

 

263,154

 

 

 

266,111

 

 

 

-

 

Single-family residential -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco de la Gente non-traditional

 

 

2,593

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

2,705

 

 

 

20,442

 

 

 

23,147

 

 

 

-

 

Commercial

 

 

488

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

488

 

 

 

337,353

 

 

 

337,841

 

 

 

-

 

Multifamily and farmland

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

58,366

 

 

 

58,366

 

 

 

-

 

Total real estate loans

 

 

5,404

 

 

 

746

 

 

 

6,150

 

 

 

775,075

 

 

 

781,225

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans not secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

 

43

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

91,129

 

 

 

91,172

 

 

 

-

 

Farm loans

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

796

 

 

 

796

 

 

 

-

 

Consumer loans

 

 

38

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

6,398

 

 

 

6,436

 

 

 

-

 

All other loans

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,240

 

 

 

5,240

 

 

 

-

 

Total loans

 

$5,485

 

 

 

746

 

 

 

6,231

 

 

 

878,638

 

 

 

884,869

 

 

 

-

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Loans 30-89 Days Past Due

 

 

 Loans 90 or More Days Past Due

 

 

 Total Past Due Loans

 

 

 Total Current Loans

 

 

 Total Loans

 

 

 Accruing Loans 90 or More Days Past Due

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land development

 

$298

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

298

 

 

 

93,826

 

 

 

94,124

 

 

 

-

 

Single-family residential

 

 

3,660

 

 

 

270

 

 

 

3,930

 

 

 

268,395

 

 

 

272,325

 

 

 

-

 

Single-family residential -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco de la Gente non-traditional

 

 

3,566

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

3,671

 

 

 

23,212

 

 

 

26,883

 

 

 

-

 

Commercial

 

 

36

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

332,935

 

 

 

332,971

 

 

 

-

 

Multifamily and farmland

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

48,880

 

 

 

48,880

 

 

 

-

 

Total real estate loans

 

 

7,560

 

 

 

375

 

 

 

7,935

 

 

 

767,248

 

 

 

775,183

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans not secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

161,740

 

 

 

161,740

 

 

 

-

 

Farm loans

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

855

 

 

 

855

 

 

 

-

 

Consumer loans

 

 

45

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

7,066

 

 

 

7,113

 

 

 

-

 

All other loans

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,748

 

 

 

3,748

 

 

 

-

 

Total loans

 

$7,605

 

 

 

377

 

 

 

7,982

 

 

 

940,657

 

 

 

948,639

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

The following table presents the Bank’s non-accrual loans as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

 
A-50

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land development

 

$-

 

 

 

-

 

Single-family residential

 

 

1,642

 

 

 

1,266

 

Single-family residential -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco de la Gente non-traditional

 

 

1,232

 

 

 

1,709

 

Commercial

 

 

200

 

 

 

440

 

     Multifamily and farmland

 

 

105

 

 

 

117

 

Total real estate loans

 

 

3,179

 

 

 

3,532

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans not secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

 

49

 

 

 

212

 

Consumer loans

 

 

2

 

 

 

14

 

Total

 

$3,230

 

 

 

3,758

 

 

 

At the end of each reporting period, the Bank determines which loans are impaired.  Accordingly, the Bank’s impaired loans are reported at their estimated fair value on a non-recurring basis.  An allowance for each impaired loan that is collateral-dependent is calculated based on the fair value of its collateral.  The fair value of the collateral is based on appraisals performed by REAS, a subsidiary of the Bank.  REAS is staffed by certified appraisers who also perform appraisals for third parties.  Factors, including the assumptions and techniques utilized by the appraiser, are considered by management in determining the fair value of collateral.  If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the measure of fair value of the collateral, a valuation allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan losses.  An allowance for each impaired loan that is not collateral dependent is calculated based on the present value of projected cash flows.  If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the present value of projected cash flows, a valuation allowance is recorded as a component of the allowance for loan losses.  Impaired loans under $250,000 are not individually evaluated for impairment with the exception of the Bank’s Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDR loans”) in the residential mortgage loan portfolio, which are individually evaluated for impairment.  Impaired loans collectively evaluated for impairment totaled $5.3 million, $5.8 million and $5.3 million at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  Accruing impaired loans were $18.3 and $21.3 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.  Interest income recognized on accruing impaired loans was $1.0 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  No interest income is recognized on non-accrual impaired loans subsequent to their classification as non-accrual.

 

 

The following tables present the Bank’s impaired loans as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Unpaid Contractual Principal Balance

 

 

 Recorded Investment With No Allowance

 

 

 Recorded Investment With Allowance

 

 

 Recorded Investment in Impaired Loans

 

 

 Related Allowance

 

 

 Average Outstanding Impaired Loans

 

 

 YTD Interest Income Recognized

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land development

 

$73

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

6

 

Single-family residential

 

 

5,138

 

 

 

524

 

 

 

4,374

 

 

 

4,898

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

6,017

 

 

 

253

 

Single-family residential -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco de la Gente non-traditional

 

 

11,753

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

10,922

 

 

 

10,922

 

 

 

687

 

 

 

10,325

 

 

 

609

 

Commercial

 

 

2,138

 

 

 

435

 

 

 

1,608

 

 

 

2,043

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

2,385

 

 

 

109

 

Multifamily and farmland

 

 

113

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

6

 

Total impaired real estate loans

 

 

19,215

 

 

 

959

 

 

 

17,082

 

 

 

18,041

 

 

 

787

 

 

 

18,919

 

 

 

983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans not secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

 

282

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

170

 

 

 

219

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

271

 

 

 

19

 

Consumer loans

 

 

8

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

1

 

Total impaired loans

 

$19,505

 

 

 

1,008

 

 

 

17,256

 

 

 

18,264

 

 

 

789

 

 

 

19,201

 

 

 

1,003

 

 

 
A-51

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Unpaid Contractual Principal Balance

 

 

 Recorded Investment With No Allowance

 

 

 Recorded Investment With Allowance

 

 

 Recorded Investment in Impaired Loans

 

 

 Related Allowance

 

 

 Average Outstanding Impaired Loans

 

 

 YTD Interest Income Recognized

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land development

 

$108

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

8

 

Single-family residential

 

 

5,302

 

 

 

379

 

 

 

4,466

 

 

 

4,845

 

 

 

33

 

 

 

4,741

 

 

 

262

 

Single-family residential -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco de la Gente non-traditional

 

 

13,417

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,753

 

 

 

12,753

 

 

 

862

 

 

 

13,380

 

 

 

798

 

Commercial

 

 

2,999

 

 

 

1,082

 

 

 

1,891

 

 

 

2,973

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

2,940

 

 

 

139

 

Multifamily and farmland

 

 

119

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

6

 

Total impaired real estate loans

 

 

21,945

 

 

 

1,461

 

 

 

19,335

 

 

 

20,796

 

 

 

913

 

 

 

21,224

 

 

 

1,213

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans not secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

 

515

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

244

 

 

 

455

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

564

 

 

 

32

 

Consumer loans

 

 

41

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

37

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

5

 

Total impaired loans

 

$22,501

 

 

 

1,672

 

 

 

19,616

 

 

 

21,288

 

 

 

919

 

 

 

21,848

 

 

 

1,250

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Unpaid Contractual Principal Balance

 

 

 Recorded Investment With No Allowance

 

 

 Recorded Investment With Allowance

 

 

 Recorded Investment in Impaired Loans

 

 

 Related Allowance

 

 

 Average Outstanding Impaired Loans

 

 

 YTD Interest Income Recognized

 

Real estate loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land development

 

$183

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

183

 

 

 

183

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

231

 

 

 

12

 

Single-family residential

 

 

5,152

 

 

 

403

 

 

 

4,243

 

 

 

4,646

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

4,678

 

 

 

269

 

Single-family residential -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Banco de la Gente non-traditional

 

 

15,165

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

14,371

 

 

 

14,371

 

 

 

944

 

 

 

14,925

 

 

 

956

 

Commercial

 

 

1,879

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,871

 

 

 

1,871

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

1,822

 

 

 

91

 

Total impaired real estate loans

 

 

22,379

 

 

 

403

 

 

 

20,668

 

 

 

21,071

 

 

 

994

 

 

 

21,656

 

 

 

1,328

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans not secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans

 

 

180

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

176

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

9

 

Consumer loans

 

 

100

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

7

 

Total impaired loans

 

$22,659

 

 

 

495

 

 

 

20,848

 

 

 

21,343

 

 

 

996

 

 

 

21,895

 

 

 

1,344

 

 

 

The fair value measurements for mortgage loans held for sale, impaired loans and other real estate on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are presented below.  The Bank’s valuation methodology is discussed in Note 16.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements December 31, 2021

 

 

Level 1 Valuation

 

 

Level 2 Valuation

 

 

Level 3 Valuation

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

$3,637

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,637

 

Impaired loans

 

$17,475

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

17,475

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements December 31, 2020

 

 

Level 1 Valuation

 

 

Level 2 Valuation

 

 

Level 3 Valuation

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

$9,139

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

9,139

 

Impaired loans

 

$20,369

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

20,369

 

Other real estate

 

$128

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

128

 

 

 
A-52

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value

December 31, 2021

 

 

Fair Value

December 31, 2020

 

 

Valuation Technique

 

Significant

Unobservable Inputs

 

 

General Range of Significant Unobservable Input Values

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

$3,637

 

 

$9,139

 

 

Rate lock commitment

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

Impaired loans

 

$17,475

 

 

$20,369

 

 

 Appraised value and discounted cash flows

 

Discounts to reflect current market conditions and ultimate collectability

 

 

0 - 25%

 

Other real estate

 

$-

 

 

$128

 

 

 Appraised value

 

Discounts to reflect current market conditions and estimated costs to sell

 

 

0 - 25%

 

 

 

The following table presents changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2021.  PPP loans are excluded from the allowance for loan losses as PPP loans are 100 percent guaranteed by the SBA. 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and Land Development

 

 

Single-Family Residential

 

 

Single-Family Residential - Banco de la Gente Non-traditional

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Multifamily and Farmland

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Farm

 

 

Consumer and All Other

 

 

Unallocated

 

 

Total

 

Twelve months ended December 31,2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$1,196

 

 

 

1,843

 

 

 

1,052

 

 

 

2,212

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

1,345

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

2,010

 

 

 

9,908

 

Charge-offs

 

 

-

 

 

 

(89)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(293)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(380)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(762)

Recoveries

 

 

121

 

 

 

271

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

786

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

139

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,372

 

Provision

 

 

(124)

 

 

(12)

 

 

(188)

 

 

(30)

 

 

25

 

 

 

(1,127)

 

 

-

 

 

 

223

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

(1,163)

Ending balance

 

$1,193

 

 

 

2,013

 

 

 

864

 

 

 

2,234

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

711

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

2,080

 

 

 

9,355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

$1

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

672

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

737

 

Ending balance: collectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

 

1,192

 

 

 

1,956

 

 

 

192

 

 

 

2,227

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

711

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

2,080

 

 

 

8,618

 

Ending balance

 

$1,193

 

 

 

2,013

 

 

 

864

 

 

 

2,234

 

 

 

150

 

 

 

711

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

2,080

 

 

 

9,355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans at December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$95,760

 

 

 

266,111

 

 

 

23,147

 

 

 

337,841

 

 

 

58,366

 

 

 

91,172

 

 

 

796

 

 

 

11,676

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

884,869

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

$6

 

 

 

1,633

 

 

 

9,795

 

 

 

1,437

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,920

 

Ending balance: collectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

$95,754

 

 

 

264,478

 

 

 

13,352

 

 

 

336,404

 

 

 

58,366

 

 

 

91,123

 

 

 

796

 

 

 

11,676

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

871,949

 

 

 

Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2020 were as follows:

 

 
A-53

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and Land Development

 

 

Single-Family Residential

 

 

Single-Family Residential - Banco de la Gente Non-traditional

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Multifamily and Farmland

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Farm

 

 

Consumer and All Other

 

 

Unallocated

 

 

Total

 

Twelve months ended December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$694

 

 

 

1,274

 

 

 

1,073

 

 

 

1,305

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

688

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

1,388

 

 

 

6,680

 

Charge-offs

 

 

(5)

 

 

(65)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(7)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(903)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(434)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,414)

Recoveries

 

 

36

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

383

 

Provision

 

 

471

 

 

 

564

 

 

 

(21)

 

 

844

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,526

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

251

 

 

 

622

 

 

 

4,259

 

Ending balance

 

$1,196

 

 

 

1,843

 

 

 

1,052

 

 

 

2,212

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

1,345

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

2,010

 

 

 

9,908

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

$1

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

844

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

857

 

Ending balance: collectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

 

1,195

 

 

 

1,839

 

 

 

208

 

 

 

2,204

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

1,345

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

2,010

 

 

 

9,051

 

Ending balance

 

$1,196

 

 

 

1,843

 

 

 

1,052

 

 

 

2,212

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

1,345

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

2,010

 

 

 

9,908

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans at December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$94,124

 

 

 

272,325

 

 

 

26,883

 

 

 

332,971

 

 

 

48,880

 

 

 

161,740

 

 

 

855

 

 

 

10,861

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

948,639

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

$7

 

 

 

1,558

 

 

 

11,353

 

 

 

2,118

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,248

 

Ending balance: collectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

$94,117

 

 

 

270,767

 

 

 

15,530

 

 

 

330,853

 

 

 

48,880

 

 

 

161,528

 

 

 

855

 

 

 

10,861

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

933,391

 

 

 

Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2019 were as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Real Estate Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and Land Development

 

 

Single-Family Residential

 

 

Single-Family Residential - Banco de la Gente Non-traditional

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Multifamily and Farmland

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Farm

 

 

Consumer and All Other

 

 

Unallocated

 

 

Total

 

Twelve months ended December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$813

 

 

 

1,325

 

 

 

1,177

 

 

 

1,278

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

626

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

161

 

 

 

982

 

 

 

6,445

 

Charge-offs

 

 

(21)

 

 

(42)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(389)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(623)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,076)

Recoveries

 

 

45

 

 

 

66

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

83

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

205

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

448

 

Provision

 

 

(143)

 

 

(75)

 

 

(104)

 

 

(21)

 

 

37

 

 

 

368

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

395

 

 

 

406

 

 

 

863

 

Ending balance

 

$694

 

 

 

1,274

 

 

 

1,073

 

 

 

1,305

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

688

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

1,388

 

 

 

6,680

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

$2

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

925

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

937

 

Ending balance: collectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

 

692

 

 

 

1,268

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

1,301

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

688

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

1,388

 

 

 

5,743

 

Ending balance

 

$694

 

 

 

1,274

 

 

 

1,073

 

 

 

1,305

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

688

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

1,388

 

 

 

6,680

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans at December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

$92,596

 

 

 

269,475

 

 

 

30,793

 

 

 

291,255

 

 

 

48,090

 

 

 

100,263

 

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

16,369

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

849,874

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance: individually

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

$10

 

 

 

1,697

 

 

 

12,899

 

 

 

1,365

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

16,063

 

Ending balance: collectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluated for impairment

 

$92,586

 

 

 

267,778

 

 

 

17,894

 

 

 

289,890

 

 

 

48,090

 

 

 

100,171

 

 

 

1,033

 

 

 

16,369

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

833,811

 

 

 

Impaired loans collectively evaluated for impairment totaled $5.3 million, $5.8 million and $5.3 million at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively and are included in the tables above. Allowance on impaired loans collectively evaluated for impairment totaled $52,000, $61,000 and $59,000 at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

  

 

The Bank utilizes an internal risk grading matrix to assign a risk grade to each of its loans.  Loans are graded on a scale of 1 to 8.  These risk grades are evaluated on an ongoing basis.  A description of the general characteristics of the eight risk grades is as follows:

 

 

·

Risk Grade 1 – Excellent Quality: Loans are well above average quality and a minimal amount of credit risk exists. CD or cash secured loans or properly margined actively traded stock or bond secured loans would fall in this grade.

 

 

A-54

 

 

 

·

Risk Grade 2 – High Quality: Loans are of good quality with risk levels well within the Bank’s range of acceptability. The organization or individual is established with a history of successful performance though somewhat susceptible to economic changes.

 

·

Risk Grade 3 – Good Quality: Loans of average quality with risk levels within the Bank’s range of acceptability but higher than normal. This may be a new organization or an existing organization in a transitional phase (e.g. expansion, acquisition, market change).

 

·

Risk Grade 4 – Management Attention: These loans have higher risk and servicing needs but still are acceptable. Evidence of marginal performance or deteriorating trends is observed. These are not problem credits presently, but may be in the future if the borrower is unable to change its present course.

 

·

Risk Grade 5 – Watch: These loans are currently performing satisfactorily, but there has been some recent past due history on repayment and there are potential weaknesses that may, if not corrected, weaken the asset or inadequately protect the Bank’s position at some future date.

 

·

Risk Grade 6 – Substandard: A Substandard loan is inadequately protected by the current sound net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged (if there is any). There is a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. There is a distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

·

Risk Grade 7 – Doubtful: Loans classified as Doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in loans classified Substandard, plus the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values highly questionable and improbable. Doubtful is a temporary grade where a loss is expected but is presently not quantified with any degree of accuracy. Once the loss position is determined, the amount is charged off.

 

·

Risk Grade 8 – Loss: Loans classified as Loss are considered uncollectable and of such little value that their continuance as bankable assets is not warranted. This classification does not mean that the asset has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather that it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this worthless loan even though partial recovery may be realized in the future. Loss is a temporary grade until the appropriate authority is obtained to charge the loan off.

 

 

The following tables present the credit risk profile of each loan type based on internally assigned risk grades as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and Land Development

 

 

Single-Family Residential

 

 

Single-Family Residential - Banco de la Gente non-traditional

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Multifamily and Farmland

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Farm

 

 

Consumer

 

 

All Other

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1- Excellent Quality

 

$-

 

 

 

5,923

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

371

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

581

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,875

 

2- High Quality

 

 

11,752

 

 

 

109,337

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

28,546

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

16,177

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,039

 

 

 

1,309

 

 

 

169,179

 

3- Good Quality

 

 

80,325

 

 

 

129,856

 

 

 

8,712

 

 

 

272,786

 

 

 

54,945

 

 

 

68,183

 

 

 

792

 

 

 

3,510

 

 

 

3,931

 

 

 

623,040

 

4- Management Attention

 

 

3,534

 

 

 

14,964

 

 

 

10,478

 

 

 

30,937

 

 

 

2,754

 

 

 

5,214

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

284

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

68,169

 

5- Watch

 

 

76

 

 

 

2,464

 

 

 

1,703

 

 

 

4,938

 

 

 

543

 

 

 

1,177

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

10,902

 

6- Substandard

 

 

73

 

 

 

3,567

 

 

 

2,254

 

 

 

634

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,704

 

7- Doubtful

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

8- Loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total

 

$95,760

 

 

 

266,111

 

 

 

23,147

 

 

 

337,841

 

 

 

58,366

 

 

 

91,172

 

 

 

796

 

 

 

6,436

 

 

 

5,240

 

 

 

884,869

 

 

 
A-55

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and Land Development

 

 

Single-Family Residential

 

 

Single-Family Residential - Banco de la Gente non-traditional

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Multifamily and Farmland

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Farm

 

 

Consumer

 

 

All Other

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1- Excellent Quality

 

$228

 

 

 

9,867

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

406

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

678

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,179

 

2- High Quality

 

 

9,092

 

 

 

121,331

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

40,569

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

19,187

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,237

 

 

 

1,563

 

 

 

194,001

 

3- Good Quality

 

 

76,897

 

 

 

115,109

 

 

 

10,170

 

 

 

241,273

 

 

 

44,890

 

 

 

128,727

 

 

 

832

 

 

 

3,826

 

 

 

1,477

 

 

 

623,201

 

4- Management Attention

 

 

4,917

 

 

 

20,012

 

 

 

12,312

 

 

 

39,370

 

 

 

3,274

 

 

 

11,571

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

336

 

 

 

708

 

 

 

92,523

 

5- Watch

 

 

2,906

 

 

 

2,947

 

 

 

1,901

 

 

 

10,871

 

 

 

694

 

 

 

1,583

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

20,908

 

6- Substandard

 

 

84

 

 

 

3,059

 

 

 

2,500

 

 

 

888

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

266

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

6,827

 

7- Doubtful

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

8- Loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total

 

$94,124

 

 

 

272,325

 

 

 

26,883

 

 

 

332,971

 

 

 

48,880

 

 

 

161,740

 

 

 

855

 

 

 

7,113

 

 

 

3,748

 

 

 

948,639

 

 

 

Past due TDR loans and non-accrual TDR loans totaled $2.2 million and $3.8 million at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.  The terms of these loans have been renegotiated to provide a concession to original terms, including a reduction in principal or interest as a result of the deteriorating financial position of the borrower.  There were no performing loans classified as TDR loans at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

 

There were no new TDR modifications during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

There were no TDR loans with a payment default occurring within 12 months of the restructure date, and the payment default occurring during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.  TDR loans are deemed to be in default if they become past due by 90 days or more. 

 

There were no loans at December 31, 2021 with modifications as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.  By way of comparison, at December 31, 2020, the balance of loans with existing modifications as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic was $18.3 million.  The Bank continues to track all loans that were previously modified as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.  The loan balances associated with those loans that were previously modified as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic have been grouped into their own pool within the Bank’s ALLL model as management considers that they have a higher risk profile, and a higher reserve rate has been applied to this pool.  Loans included in this pool totaled $88.7 million at December 31, 2021.  The full effects of stimulus in the current environment are still unknown, and additional losses in this pool of loans may be present but not as yet identified.  At December 31, 2020, the balance for all loans that were then currently modified or previously modified but returned to their original terms was $119.6 million.  The $30.9 million decrease from December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2021 in the balance of currently or previously modified loans that had returned to their original terms is primarily due to loans paid off during the year ended December 31, 2021. Loan payment modifications associated with the COVID-19 pandemic are not classified as TDR due to Section 4013 of the CARES Act, which provides that a qualified loan modification is exempt by law from classification as a TDR pursuant to GAAP.

 

(4)

Premises and Equipment

 

 

 

Major classifications of premises and equipment at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are summarized as follows:

   

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$3,857

 

 

 

3,970

 

Buildings and improvements

 

 

18,359

 

 

 

18,804

 

Furniture and equipment

 

 

25,420

 

 

 

26,565

 

Construction in process

 

 

-

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total premises and equipment

 

 

47,636

 

 

 

49,349

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

 

(31,532)

 

 

(30,749)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net premises and equipment

 

$16,104

 

 

 

18,600

 

 

 

A-56

 

 

 

The Bank recognized depreciation expense totaling $2.6 million, $2.5 million and $2.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

 

 

 

The Bank had $105,000 net gains on the sale of and write-downs on premises and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2021.  The Bank had no gains or losses on the sale of or write-downs on premises and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2020.  The Bank had $239,000 net losses on the sale of and write-downs on premises and equipment for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

(5)

Leases

 

 

 

The Bank leases various office spaces for banking and operational facilities and equipment under operating lease arrangements.

 

 

 

Total rent expense was approximately $703,000, $880,000and $949,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021, the Bank had operating right of use assets of $4.6 million and operating lease liabilities of $4.7 million. The Bank maintains operating leases on land and buildings for some of the Bank’s branch facilities and loan production offices.  Most leases include one option to renew, with renewal terms extending up to 15 years. The exercise of renewal options is based on the judgment of management as to whether or not the renewal option is reasonably certain to be exercised.  Factors in determining whether an option is reasonably certain of exercise include, but are not limited to, the value of leasehold improvements, the value of renewal rates compared to market rates, and the presence of factors that would cause a significant economic penalty to the Bank if the option is not exercised. Leases with a term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet and instead are recognized in lease expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

 

 

The following table presents lease cost and other lease information as of December 31, 2021.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease cost

 

$737

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information:

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

 

 

717

 

Operating cash flows from operating leases

 

 

-

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities - operating leases

 

 

1,927

 

Weighted-average remaining lease term - operating leases

 

 

8.02

 

Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases

 

 

2.39%

 

 

The following table presents lease maturities as of December 31, 2021.

   

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity Analysis of Operating Lease Liabilities:

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

$740

 

2023

 

 

746

 

2024

 

 

691

 

2025

 

 

635

 

2026

 

 

518

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,838

 

Total

 

 

5,168

 

Less: Imputed Interest

 

 

(491)

Operating Lease Liability

 

$4,677

 

 

 
A-57

 

 

(6)

Time Deposits

 

 

 

At December 31, 2021, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

$51,615

 

2023

 

 

21,461

 

2024

 

 

20,663

 

2025

 

 

3,822

 

2026 and thereafter

 

 

3,689

 

Total

 

$101,250

 

 

 

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Bank had approximately $11.1 million and $12.4 million, respectively, in time deposits purchased through third party brokers, including certificates of deposit participated through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) on behalf of local customers.  CDARS balances totaled $3.0 million and $4.3 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  The weighted average rate of brokered deposits as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 was 1.49% and 1.43%, respectively.

  

(7)

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) and Federal Reserve Bank Borrowings

 

 

 

The Bank had no borrowings from the FHLB at December 31, 2021 and 2020.  FHLB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all residential first mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit and loans secured by multi-family real estate that the Bank owns.  At December 31, 2021, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $137.4 million.  The remaining availability under the line of credit with the FHLB was $90.9million at December 31, 2021.  The Bank incurred a $1.1 million prepayment penalty on the prepayment of a $70.0 million FHLB advance in 2020.

 

 

 

The Bank is required to purchase and hold certain amounts of FHLB stock in order to obtain FHLB borrowings. No ready market exists for the FHLB stock, and it has no quoted market value. The stock is redeemable at $100 per share subject to certain limitations set by the FHLB. The Bank owned $707,000and $1.0 million of FHLB stock, included in other investments, at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Bank had no borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”).  FRB borrowings are collateralized by a blanket assignment on all qualifying loans that the Bank owns which are not pledged to the FHLB.  At December 31, 2021, the carrying value of loans pledged as collateral totaled approximately $475.2 million.  Availability under the line of credit with the FRB was $346.2 million at December 31, 2021. 

 

(8)

Junior Subordinated Debentures

 

 

 

In June 2006, the Company formed a second wholly owned Delaware statutory trust, PEBK Capital Trust II (“PEBK Trust II”), which issued $20.0 million of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests in the Company’s junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures.  All of the common securities of PEBK Trust II are owned by the Company.  The proceeds from the issuance of the common securities and the trust preferred securities were used by PEBK Trust II to purchase $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures of the Company.  The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the junior subordinated debentures were used to repay in December 2006 the trust preferred securities issued in December 2001 by PEBK Capital Trust, a wholly owned Delaware statutory trust of the Company, and for general purposes.  The debentures represent the sole assets of PEBK Trust II.  PEBK Trust II is not included in the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

The trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II accrue and pay interest quarterly at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 163 basis points.  The Company has guaranteed distributions and other payments due on the trust preferred securities.  The net combined effect of all the documents entered into in connection with the trust preferred securities is that the Company is liable to make the distributions and other payments required on the trust preferred securities.

 

 

 

These trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the debentures on June 28, 2036.  The Company has the right to redeem the debentures purchased by PEBK Trust II, in whole or in part, if the debentures are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest.

 

 
A-58

 

 

 

The Company has no financial instruments tied to LIBOR other than the trust preferred securities issued by PEBK Trust II, which are tied to three-month LIBOR.  The one-week and two-month U.S. dollar-denominated (USD) LIBOR rates ceased to be published on December 31, 2021.  The overnight, one-month, three-month, nine-month, and 12-month USD LIBOR rates will continue to be published through June 30, 2023.

 

(9)

Income Taxes

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes is summarized as follows:

   

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

 

 2019

 

Current expense

 

$4,079

 

 

 

3,049

 

 

 

2,972

 

Deferred income tax expense

 

 

(283)

 

 

(560)

 

 

164

 

Total income tax

 

$3,796

 

 

 

2,489

 

 

 

3,136

 

 

 

The differences between the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to earnings before income taxes are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

 

 2019

 

Tax expense at statutory rate

 

$3,975

 

 

 

2,908

 

 

 

3,613

 

State income tax, net of federal income tax effect

 

 

339

 

 

 

261

 

 

 

351

 

Tax-exempt interest income

 

 

(497)

 

 

(649)

 

 

(802)

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

 

 

(83)

 

 

(80)

 

 

(81)

Tax credits

 

 

(234)

 

 

(234)

 

 

-

 

Nondeductible interest and other expense

 

 

30

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

40

 

Other

 

 

266

 

 

 

237

 

 

 

15

 

Total

 

$3,796

 

 

 

2,489

 

 

 

3,136

 

   

 

The following summarizes the tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities.  The net deferred tax asset is included as a component of other assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$2,149

 

 

 

2,276

 

Accrued retirement expense

 

 

1,148

 

 

 

1,190

 

Restricted stock

 

 

209

 

 

 

190

 

Interest income on nonaccrual loans

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

Lease liability

 

 

1,075

 

 

 

798

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

 

 

4,583

 

 

 

4,455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred loan fees

 

 

263

 

 

 

284

 

Accumulated depreciation

 

 

563

 

 

 

873

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

ROU Asset

 

 

1,060

 

 

 

787

 

Other

 

 

(55)

 

 

41

 

Unrealized gain on available for sale securities

 

 

29

 

 

 

1,611

 

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

 

 

1,864

 

 

 

3,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

 

$2,719

 

 

 

854

 

 

 

The Company has analyzed the tax positions taken or expected to be taken in its tax returns and has concluded that it has no liability related to uncertain tax positions.

 

As of December 31, 2021, the Company’s Federal income tax filings for years 2018 through 2021  open to audit by the Internal Revenue Service.  The Company’s North Carolina income tax returns are currently under

  

 
A-59

 

 

 

audit for tax year 2014-2016, tax years 2018, 2019, 2020 and 2021 remain open to audit by the North Carolina Department of Revenue.

 

(10)

Related Party Transactions 

 

 

 

The Company conducts transactions with its directors and executive officers, including companies in which they have beneficial interests, in the normal course of business. In accordance with Regulation O of the Federal Reserve, it is the policy of the Bank that loan transactions with directors and officers are made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time made for comparable loans to other persons. The following is a summary of activity for related party loans for 2021 and 2020:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Beginning balance

 

$1,852

 

 

 

3,472

 

New loans

 

 

3,636

 

 

 

4,189

 

Repayments

 

 

(2,801)

 

 

(5,809)

Ending balance

 

$2,687

 

 

 

1,852

 

 

 

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had deposit relationships with related parties of approximately $43.4 million and $44.5 million, respectively.

 

 

 

A director of the Company has a membership interest in a company that previously leased two branch facilities to the Bank.  The Bank purchased these branch facilities in September 2020.  The Bank’s lease payments for these facilities totaled $173,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020. 

 

(11)

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees.  Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet.  The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments. 

 

 

 

The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

 

 

 

In most cases, the Bank requires collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk.

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Contractual Amount

 

 

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

Financial instruments whose contract amount represent credit risk:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit

 

$304,258

 

 

 

299,039

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit

 

$4,892

 

 

 

4,745

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit are conditional agreements to lend to a customer.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and because they may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount of $309.2 million does not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to pay a third party on behalf of a customer. Those letters of credit are primarily issued to businesses in the Bank’s delineated market area. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Bank holds real estate, equipment, automobiles and customer deposits as collateral supporting those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary.

 

 

 

In the normal course of business, the Company is a party (both as plaintiff and defendant) to a number of lawsuits. In the opinion of management and counsel, none of these cases should have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.

 

 

A-60

 

 

 

The Company and the Bank have entered into employment agreements with certain key employees. The agreements, among other things, include salary, bonus, incentive compensation, and change in control provisions.

 

 

 

The Company has $110.5 million available for the purchase of overnight federal funds from five correspondent financial institutions as of December 31, 2021.

 

 

 

At December 31, 2017, the Bank committed to invest $3.0 million in an income tax credit partnership owning and developing two multifamily housing developments in Charlotte, North Carolina, with $1.5 million allocated to each property.  As of December 31, 2021, the Bank has funded $2.9 million of this commitment.  At December 31, 2021, the Bank had $2.2 million in unfunded commitments for SBA Small Business Investment Company (“SBIC”) investments.

 

(12)

Employee and Director Benefit Programs

 

 

 

The Bank has a profit sharing and 401(k) plan for the benefit of substantially all employees subject to certain minimum age and service requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, the Bank matched employee contributions to a maximum of 4.00% of annual compensation in 2019, 2020 and 2021.  The Company’s contribution pursuant to this formula was approximately $709,000, $692,000and $691,000 for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  Investments made available under the 401(k) plan are determined by a committee comprised of senior management.  No investments in Company stock are available under the 401(k) plan. Contributions to the 401(k) plan are vested immediately.

 

 

 

In December 2001, the Company initiated a retirement benefit plan to provide retirement benefits to key officers and its Board of Directors and to provide death benefits for their designated beneficiaries.  Under the postretirement benefit plan, the Company purchased life insurance policies on the lives of the key officers and each director.  The increase in cash surrender value of the policies constitutes the Company’s contribution to the postretirement benefit plan each year.  Postretirement benefit plan participants are to be paid annual benefits for a specified number of years commencing upon retirement. Expenses incurred for benefits relating to the postretirement benefit plan were approximately $477,000, $388,000and $361,000for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

 

 

The Company is currently paying medical benefits for certain retired employees. The Company did not incur any postretirement medical benefits expense in 2021, 2020 and 2019 due to an excess accrual balance.

 

 

 

The following table sets forth the change in the accumulated benefit obligation for the Company’s two postretirement benefit plans described above:

   

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of period

 

$4,870

 

 

 

4,700

 

Service cost

 

 

359

 

 

 

323

 

Interest cost

 

 

70

 

 

 

63

 

Benefits paid

 

 

(288)

 

 

(216)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of period

 

$5,011

 

 

 

4,870

 

 

 

The amounts recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 are shown in the following two tables:

   

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation

 

$5,011

 

 

 

4,870

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

   

 
A-61

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Funded status

 

$(5,011)

 

 

(4,870)

Unrecognized prior service cost/benefit

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Unrecognized net actuarial loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

 

$(5,011)

 

 

(4,870)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unfunded accrued liability

 

$(5,011)

 

 

(4,870)

Intangible assets

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Net amount recognized

 

$(5,011)

 

 

(4,870)

   

 

Net periodic benefit cost of the Company’s postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following:

      

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

 

 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$359

 

 

 

323

 

 

 

299

 

Interest cost

 

 

70

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic cost

 

$429

 

 

 

386

 

 

 

357

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average discount rate assumption

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

used to determine benefit obligation

 

 

5.50%

 

 

5.49%

 

 

5.49%

 

 

The Company paid benefits under the two postretirement plans totaling $288,000 and $216,000 during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.  Information about the expected benefit payments for the Company’s two postretirement benefit plans is as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ending December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

$327

 

2023

 

$348

 

2024

 

$360

 

2025

 

$376

 

2026

 

$375

 

Thereafter

 

$8,795

 

 

(13)

Regulatory Matters

 

 

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

 

 

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum capital ratios in relation to both on- and off-balance sheet items at various risk weights. Total capital consists of two tiers of capital. Tier 1 capital includes common shareholders’ equity and trust preferred securities less adjustments for intangible assets. Tier 2 capital consists of the allowance for loan losses, up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and other adjustments.  Management believes, as of December 31, 2021, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

 

 
A-62

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There have been no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

 

 

 

In 2013, the Federal Reserve approved its final rule on the Basel III capital standards, which implement changes to the regulatory capital framework for banking organizations.  The Basel III capital standards, which became effective January 1, 2015, include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which were phased in from 2015 to 2019. The new minimum capital level requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank under the final rules are as follows: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total risk based capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from previous rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% (unchanged from previous rules).  An additional capital conservation buffer was added to the minimum requirements for capital adequacy purposes beginning on January 1, 2016 and was phased in through 2019 (increasing by 0.625% on January 1, 2016 and each subsequent January 1, until it reached 2.5% on January 1, 2019).  This resulted in the following minimum ratios beginning in 2019: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. Under the final rules, institutions would be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount.  These limitations establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained earnings that could be utilized for such actions.

 

 

 

The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented below:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Actual

 

 

 Minimum Regulatory Capital Ratio

 

 

 Minimum Ratio plus Capital Conservation Buffer

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2021:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$166,628

 

 

 

16.35%

 

 

81,547

 

 

 

8.00%

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

$164,975

 

 

 

16.19%

 

 

81,539

 

 

 

8.00%

 

 

107,020

 

 

 

10.50%

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$157,273

 

 

 

15.43%

 

 

61,160

 

 

 

6.00%

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

$155,620

 

 

 

15.27%

 

 

61,154

 

 

 

6.00%

 

 

86,635

 

 

 

8.50%

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$157,273

 

 

 

9.64%

 

 

65,258

 

 

 

4.00%

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

$155,620

 

 

 

9.50%

 

 

65,557

 

 

 

4.00%

 

 

65,557

 

 

 

4.00%

Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$142,273

 

 

 

13.96%

 

 

45,870

 

 

 

4.50%

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

$155,620

 

 

 

15.27%

 

 

45,866

 

 

 

4.50%

 

 

71,347

 

 

 

7.00%

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Actual

 

 

 Minimum Regulatory Capital Ratio

 

 

 Minimum Ratio plus Capital Conservation Buffer

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2020:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$159,407

 

 

 

16.07%

 

 

79,372

 

 

 

8.00%

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

$157,106

 

 

 

15.85%

 

 

79,283

 

 

 

8.00%

 

 

104,059

 

 

 

10.50%

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$149,499

 

 

 

15.07%

 

 

59,529

 

 

 

6.00%

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

$147,198

 

 

 

14.85%

 

 

59,462

 

 

 

6.00%

 

 

84,238

 

 

 

8.50%

Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$149,499

 

 

 

10.24%

 

 

58,378

 

 

 

4.00%

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

$147,198

 

 

 

10.04%

 

 

58,662

 

 

 

4.00%

 

 

58,662

 

 

 

4.00%

Common Equity Tier 1 (to Risk-Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

$134,499

 

 

 

13.56%

 

 

44,647

 

 

 

4.50%

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

Bank

 

$147,198

 

 

 

14.85%

 

 

44,597

 

 

 

4.50%

 

 

69,373

 

 

 

7.00%

 

 
A-63

 

 

(14)

Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

 

Shareholders’ equity was $142.4 million, or 8.77% of total assets, at December 31, 2021, compared to $139.9 million, or 9.88% of total assets, at December 31, 2020.  The increase in shareholders’ equity is primarily due to an increase in retained earnings due to net earnings.

 

 

 

Total cash dividends paid on common stock were $3.8 million and $4.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

 

 

 

The Board of Directors, at its discretion, can issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The Board is authorized to determine the number of shares, voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights.  The Board of Directors does not currently anticipate issuing shares of preferred stock.

 

 

 

In 2020, the Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program, whereby up to $3 million was allocated to repurchase the Company’s common stock.  Any purchases under the Company’s stock repurchase program may be made periodically as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements in the open market or in privately-negotiated transactions. The timing and amount of any repurchase of shares will be determined by the Company’s management, based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors. The stock repurchase program may be suspended at any time or from time-to-time without prior notice.  The Company repurchased approximately $3.0 million, or 126,800 shares of its common stock, under this stock repurchase program through December 31, 2020.

 

 

 

In 2021, the Board of Directors authorized an additional stock repurchase program, whereby up to $4.0 million will be allocated to repurchase the Company’s common stock.  Any purchases under the Company’s stock repurchase program may be made periodically as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements in the open market or in privately-negotiated transactions. The timing and amount of any repurchase of shares will be determined by the Company’s management, based on its evaluation of market conditions and other factors. The stock repurchase program may be suspended at any time or from time-to-time without prior notice.  The Company has repurchased approximately $3.6million, or 127,597 shares of its common stock, under this stock repurchase program as of December 31, 2021.

 

(15) 

Other Operating Income and Expense

 

 

 

Miscellaneous non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 included the following items:

  

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

 

 2019

 

Visa debit card income

 

$5,045

 

 

 

4,237

 

 

 

4,145

 

Bank owned life insurance income

 

 

397

 

 

 

380

 

 

 

383

 

Gain (loss) on sale of premises and equipment

 

 

105

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(239)

Other

 

 

2,092

 

 

 

1,315

 

 

 

1,559

 

 

 

$7,639

 

 

 

5,932

 

 

 

5,848

 

 

 

Other non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 included the following items:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

 

 2019

 

ATM expense

 

$619

 

 

 

567

 

 

 

579

 

Data processing

 

 

643

 

 

 

635

 

 

 

616

 

Deposit program expense

 

 

415

 

 

 

426

 

 

 

515

 

Dues and subscriptions

 

 

588

 

 

 

538

 

 

 

421

 

FHLB advance prepayment penalty

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,100

 

 

 

-

 

Internet banking expense

 

 

768

 

 

 

729

 

 

 

681

 

Office supplies

 

 

374

 

 

 

538

 

 

 

467

 

Telephone

 

 

730

 

 

 

794

 

 

 

802

 

Other

 

 

3,737

 

 

 

3,217

 

 

 

3,893

 

 

 

$7,874

 

 

 

8,544

 

 

 

7,974

 

 

 
A-64

 

 

(16)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

 

 

The Company is required to disclose fair value information about financial instruments, whether or not recognized on the face of the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. The assumptions used in the estimation of the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are detailed below. Where quoted prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using discounted cash flows and other valuation techniques. The use of discounted cash flows can be significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. The following disclosures should not be considered a surrogate of the liquidation value of the Company, but rather a good faith estimate of the increase or decrease in the value of financial instruments held by the Company since purchase, origination, or issuance.

 

 

 

The Company groups assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.  These levels are:

 

 

·

Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

 

 

 

 

·

Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

 

 

 

 

·

Level 3 – Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

For cash, due from banks and interest-bearing deposits, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Cash and cash equivalents are reported in the Level 1 fair value category.

 

 

 

 

 

Investment Securities Available for Sale

Fair values of investment securities available for sale are determined by obtaining quoted prices on nationally recognized securities exchanges when available.  If quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined using matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities.  Fair values for investment securities with quoted market prices are reported in the Level 1 fair value category.  Fair value measurements obtained from independent pricing services are reported in the Level 2 fair value category. All other fair value measurements are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

 

 

 

 

 

Other Investments

For other investments, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Other investments are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage Loans Held for Sale

Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at lower of aggregate cost or market value.  The cost of mortgage loans held for sale approximates the market value.  Mortgage loans held for sale are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

The fair value of loans, excluding previously presented impaired loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses.  The discount rates used to determine fair value use interest rate spreads that reflect factors such as liquidity, credit, and nonperformance risk of the loans.  Loans are reported in the Level 3 fair value category, as the pricing of loans is more subjective than the pricing of other financial instruments.

 

 

 

 

 

Mutual Funds

For mutual funds held in the deferred compensation trust, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Mutual funds held in the deferred compensation trust are included in other assets on the balance sheet and reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

The fair value of demand deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits and savings is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of certificates of deposit is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.  Deposits are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

 

 
A-65

 

 

 

 

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

For securities sold under agreements to repurchase, the carrying value is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

 

 

 

 

 

FHLB Borrowings

The fair value of FHLB borrowings is estimated based upon discounted future cash flows using a discount rate comparable to the current market rate for such borrowings.  FHLB borrowings are reported in the Level 3 fair value category.

 

 

 

 

 

Junior Subordinated Debentures

Because the Company’s junior subordinated debentures were issued at a floating rate, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.  Junior subordinated debentures are reported in the Level 2 fair value category.

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit

Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are generally short-term and at variable interest rates. Therefore, both the carrying value and estimated fair value associated with these instruments are immaterial.

 

 

 

 

 

Limitations

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on many judgments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

 

 

 

 

Fair value estimates are based on existing on and off-balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments include deferred income taxes and premises and equipment. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.

 

 

The fair value presentation for recurring assets is presented in Note 2.  There were no recurring liabilities at December 31, 2021 and 2020.  The fair value presentation for non-recurring assets is presented in Note 3.  There were no non-recurring liabilities at December 31, 2021 and 2020.  The carrying amount and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 Carrying Amount

 

 

 Level 1

 

 

 Level 2

 

 

 Level 3

 

 

 Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$277,499

 

 

 

277,499

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

277,499

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

 

406,549

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

406,549

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

406,549

 

Other investments

 

 

3,668

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,668

 

 

 

3,668

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

3,637

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,637

 

 

 

3,637

 

Loans, net

 

 

875,514

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

855,814

 

 

 

855,814

 

Mutual funds held in deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

compensation trust

 

 

1,510

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,510

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,510

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$1,412,748

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,401,833

 

 

 

1,401,833

 

Securities sold under agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

to repurchase

 

 

37,094

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

37,094

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

37,094

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

15,464

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,464

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,464

 

 

 
A-66

 

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 Carrying Amount

 

 

 Level 1

 

 

 Level 2

 

 

 Level 3

 

 

 Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$161,580

 

 

 

161,580

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

161,580

 

Investment securities available for sale

 

 

245,249

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

245,249

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

245,249

 

Other investments

 

 

4,155

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

4,155

 

 

 

4,155

 

Mortgage loans held for sale

 

 

9,139

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

9,139

 

 

 

9,139

 

Loans, net

 

 

938,731

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

924,845

 

 

 

924,845

 

Mutual funds held in deferred

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

compensation trust

 

 

1,320

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,320

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,320

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$1,221,086

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,216,503

 

 

 

1,216,503

 

Securities sold under agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

to repurchase

 

 

26,201

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

26,201

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

26,201

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

 

15,464

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,464

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,464

 

 

 
A-67

 

 

(17)

Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (Parent Company Only) Condensed Financial Statements

 

Balance Sheets

December 31, 2021 and 2020

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$561

 

 

 

664

 

Interest-bearing time deposit

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

1,000

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

155,716

 

 

 

152,598

 

Investment in PEBK Capital Trust II

 

 

464

 

 

 

464

 

Other assets

 

 

105

 

 

 

650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$157,846

 

 

 

155,376

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

$15,464

 

 

 

15,464

 

Liabilities

 

 

13

 

 

 

13

 

Shareholders' equity

 

 

142,369

 

 

 

139,899

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 

$157,846

 

 

 

155,376

 

 

Statements of Earnings

For the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

(Dollars in thousands)

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues:

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and dividend from subsidiary

 

$7,419

 

 

 

7,539

 

 

 

12,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

 

7,419

 

 

 

7,539

 

 

 

12,850

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

280

 

 

 

370

 

 

 

844

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

613

 

 

 

625

 

 

 

629

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total expenses

 

 

893

 

 

 

995

 

 

 

1,473

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income tax benefit and equity in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

6,526

 

 

 

6,544

 

 

 

11,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

185

 

 

 

201

 

 

 

299

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before equity in undistributed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

6,711

 

 

 

6,745

 

 

 

11,676

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

8,422

 

 

 

4,612

 

 

 

2,391

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$15,133

 

 

 

11,357

 

 

 

14,067

 

 

 
A-68

 

 

Statements of Cash Flows

For the Years Ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

2019

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net earnings

 

$15,133

 

 

 

11,357

 

 

 

14,067

 

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

(8,422)

 

 

(4,612)

 

 

(2,391)

Change in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

545

 

 

 

(19)

 

 

57

 

Other liabilities

 

 

-

 

 

 

(10)

 

 

(13)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

7,256

 

 

 

6,716

 

 

 

11,720

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from calls and maturities of investment securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

available for sale

 

 

-

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

 

 

-

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of junior subordinated debentures

 

 

-

 

 

 

(155)

 

 

(5,000)

Cash dividends paid on common stock

 

 

(3,793)

 

 

(4,392)

 

 

(3,939)

Stock repurchase

 

 

(3,605)

 

 

(2,999)

 

 

(2,490)

Proceeds from exercise of restricted stock units

 

 

39

 

 

 

57

 

 

 

207

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used by financing activities

 

 

(7,359)

 

 

(7,489)

 

 

(11,222)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash

 

 

(103)

 

 

(523)

 

 

498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at beginning of year

 

 

664

 

 

 

1,187

 

 

 

689

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash at end of year

 

$561

 

 

 

664

 

 

 

1,187

 

 

(18)

Quarterly Data

 

 

 

 2021

 

 

 2020

 

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 First

 

 

 Second

 

 

 Third

 

 

 Fourth

 

 

 First

 

 

 Second

 

 

 Third

 

 

 Fourth

 

Total interest income

 

$11,922

 

 

 

12,517

 

 

 

11,421

 

 

 

11,319

 

 

$12,250

 

 

 

11,638

 

 

 

11,868

 

 

 

12,202

 

Total interest expense

 

 

815

 

 

 

842

 

 

 

861

 

 

 

687

 

 

 

1,041

 

 

 

912

 

 

 

942

 

 

 

941

 

Net interest income

 

 

11,107

 

 

 

11,675

 

 

 

10,560

 

 

 

10,632

 

 

 

11,209

 

 

 

10,726

 

 

 

10,926

 

 

 

11,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

(455)

 

 

(226)

 

 

(182)

 

 

(300)

 

 

1,521

 

 

 

1,417

 

 

 

522

 

 

 

799

 

Other income

 

 

5,873

 

 

 

6,040

 

 

 

6,040

 

 

 

6,966

 

 

 

4,595

 

 

 

5,239

 

 

 

7,132

 

 

 

5,948

 

Other expense

 

 

12,268

 

 

 

12,132

 

 

 

12,568

 

 

 

14,159

 

 

 

11,449

 

 

 

11,452

 

 

 

11,914

 

 

 

14,116

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

5,167

 

 

 

5,809

 

 

 

4,214

 

 

 

3,739

 

 

 

2,834

 

 

 

3,096

 

 

 

5,622

 

 

 

2,294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

1,046

 

 

 

1,194

 

 

 

824

 

 

 

732

 

 

 

467

 

 

 

535

 

 

 

1,113

 

 

 

374

 

Net earnings

 

 

4,121

 

 

 

4,615

 

 

 

3,390

 

 

 

3,007

 

 

 

2,367

 

 

 

2,561

 

 

 

4,509

 

 

 

1,920

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net earnings per share

 

$0.73

 

 

 

0.82

 

 

 

0.61

 

 

 

0.55

 

 

$0.41

 

 

 

0.46

 

 

 

0.80

 

 

 

0.34

 

Diluted net earnings per share

 

$0.71

 

 

 

0.80

 

 

 

0.59

 

 

 

0.53

 

 

$0.40

 

 

 

0.44

 

 

 

0.78

 

 

 

0.33

 

 

(19)

Subsequent Events

 

 

 

The Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events and transactions for material subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued. 

 

 

 

The SBA has continued to forgive the Bank’s PPP loans.  The outstanding balance of PPP loans was $9.3 million at March 11, 2022, as compared to $18.0 million at December 31, 2021.  The decrease from December 31, 2021 to March 11, 2022 was primarily due to PPP loans being forgiven by the SBA. 

 

 
A-69

 

 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

 

DIRECTORS

 

Robert C. Abernethy – Chairman

Chairman of the Board, Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. and Peoples Bank;

President, Secretary and Treasurer, Carolina Glove Company, Inc. (glove manufacturer)

Secretary and Assistant Treasurer, Midstate Contractors, Inc. (paving company)

 

James S. Abernethy

Vice President, Carolina Glove Company, Inc. (glove manufacturer)

President and Assistant Secretary, Midstate Contractors, Inc. (paving company)

Vice President, Secretary and Chairman of the Board of Directors, Alexander Railroad Company

 

Kimberly Boyd-Leaks

Executive Vice President – Chief Retail Banking Support Officer, Peoples Bank

 

Douglas S. Howard

Vice President and Treasurer, Denver Equipment Company of Charlotte, Inc.

 

John W. Lineberger, Jr.

President, Lincoln Bonded Warehouse Company (commercial warehousing facility)

 

Gary E. Matthews

President and Director, Matthews Construction Company, Inc. (general contractor)

 

Billy L. Price, Jr. MD

Practitioner of Internal Medicine, BL Price Jr. Medical Consultants, PLLC

 

Larry E. Robinson

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, The Blue Ridge Distributing Co., Inc. (beer and wine distributor)

Director, United Beverages of North Carolina, LLC (beer distributor)

 

William Gregory (Greg) Terry

President, Hole-In-One Advantage, LLC

Director/Consultant, Drum & Willis-Reynolds Funeral Homes and Crematory

 

Dan Ray Timmerman, Sr.

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Timmerman Manufacturing, Inc. (wrought iron furniture, railings and gates manufacturer)

 

Benjamin I. Zachary

President, Treasurer, General Manager and Director, Alexander Railroad Company

 

OFFICERS

 

Lance A. Sellers

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Jeffrey N. Hooper

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Treasurer and Assistant Corporate Secretary

 

William D. Cable, Sr.

Executive Vice President, Corporate Secretary and Assistant Corporate Treasurer

 

 
A-70

 

EXHIBIT (3)(i)(d)

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT (21)

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

A list of subsidiaries is contained in Part I, Item 1 Business under the section titled “Subsidiaries” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

EXHIBIT (23)

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (No. 333-43426 on Form S-3D, effective August 10, 2000 and No. 333-254489 on Form S-8, effective March 19, 2021) of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. of our reports dated March 18, 2022, relating to the consolidated financial statements, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2021.

 

/s/ Elliott Davis, PLLC

 

Raleigh, North Carolina

March 18, 2022

EXHIBIT (31)(i)

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Lance A. Sellers, certify that:

 

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.;

 

 

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

 

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

 

 

a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

 

 

b)

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

 

 

c)

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

 

 

d)

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

 

 

b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

March 18, 2022

/s/ Lance A. Sellers

 

Date    

 

Lance A. Sellers

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

EXHIBIT (31)(ii)

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Jeffrey N. Hooper, certify that:

 

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc.;

 

 

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

 

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

 

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

 

 

a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

 

 

b)

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

 

 

c)

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation ; and

 

 

 

 

d)

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

 

 

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

 

 

 

a)

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

 

 

b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

March 18, 2022

/s/ Jeffrey N. Hooper

 

Date   

 

Jeffrey N. Hooper

 

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Financial and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

EXHIBIT (32)

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. § 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report of Peoples Bancorp of North Carolina, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best knowledge of the undersigned:

 

 

(1)

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

 

 

(2)

The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

March 18, 2022

/s/ Lance A. Sellers

 

Date

 

Lance A. Sellers

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

March 18, 2022

 

/s/ Jeffrey N. Hooper

 

Date

 

Jeffrey N. Hooper

 

 

 

 Chief Financial Officer